File indexing completed on 2023-05-30 11:20:06
0001 <?php 0002 // THIS FILE IS GENERATED 0003 // WARNING! All changes made in this file will be lost! 0004 0005 /** 0006 * The number of arguments passed to script 0007 **/ 0008 $argc = array(); 0009 0010 /** 0011 * Array of arguments passed to script 0012 **/ 0013 $argv = array(); 0014 0015 /** 0016 * References all variables available in global scope 0017 * 0018 * @superglobal 0019 **/ 0020 $GLOBALS = array(); 0021 0022 /** 0023 * HTTP Cookies 0024 * 0025 * @deprecated 0026 **/ 0027 $HTTP_COOKIE_VARS = array(); 0028 0029 /** 0030 * Environment variables 0031 * 0032 * @deprecated 0033 **/ 0034 $HTTP_ENV_VARS = array(); 0035 0036 /** 0037 * HTTP GET variables 0038 * 0039 * @deprecated 0040 **/ 0041 $HTTP_GET_VARS = array(); 0042 0043 /** 0044 * HTTP File Upload variables 0045 * 0046 * @deprecated 0047 **/ 0048 $HTTP_POST_FILES = array(); 0049 0050 /** 0051 * HTTP POST variables 0052 * 0053 * @deprecated 0054 **/ 0055 $HTTP_POST_VARS = array(); 0056 0057 /** 0058 * Raw POST data 0059 **/ 0060 $HTTP_RAW_POST_DATA = array(); 0061 0062 /** 0063 * HTTP response headers 0064 **/ 0065 $http_response_header = array(); 0066 0067 /** 0068 * Session variables 0069 * 0070 * @deprecated 0071 **/ 0072 $HTTP_SESSION_VARS = array(); 0073 0074 /** 0075 * The previous error message 0076 **/ 0077 $php_errormsg = array(); 0078 0079 /** 0080 * HTTP Cookies 0081 * 0082 * @superglobal 0083 **/ 0084 $_COOKIE = array(); 0085 0086 /** 0087 * Environment variables 0088 * 0089 * @superglobal 0090 **/ 0091 $_ENV = array(); 0092 0093 /** 0094 * HTTP File Upload variables 0095 * 0096 * @superglobal 0097 **/ 0098 $_FILES = array(); 0099 0100 /** 0101 * HTTP GET variables 0102 * 0103 * @superglobal 0104 **/ 0105 $_GET = array(); 0106 0107 /** 0108 * HTTP POST variables 0109 * 0110 * @superglobal 0111 **/ 0112 $_POST = array(); 0113 0114 /** 0115 * HTTP Request variables 0116 * 0117 * @superglobal 0118 **/ 0119 $_REQUEST = array(); 0120 0121 /** 0122 * Server and execution environment information 0123 * 0124 * @superglobal 0125 **/ 0126 $_SERVER = array(); 0127 0128 /** 0129 * Session variables 0130 * 0131 * @superglobal 0132 **/ 0133 $_SESSION = array(); 0134 0135 /** 0136 * Interface to detect if a class is traversable using . Abstract base 0137 * interface that cannot be implemented alone. Instead it must be 0138 * implemented by either IteratorAggregate or Iterator. This interface 0139 * has no methods, its only purpose is to be the base interface for all 0140 * traversable classes. 0141 **/ 0142 interface Traversable { 0143 } 0144 /** 0145 * Interface for external iterators or objects that can be iterated 0146 * themselves internally. PHP already provides a number of iterators for 0147 * many day to day tasks. See SPL iterators for a list. 0148 **/ 0149 interface Iterator extends Traversable { 0150 /** 0151 * Return the current element 0152 * 0153 * Returns the current element. 0154 * 0155 * @return mixed Can return any type. 0156 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 0157 **/ 0158 public function current(); 0159 0160 /** 0161 * Return the key of the current element 0162 * 0163 * Returns the key of the current element. 0164 * 0165 * @return scalar Returns scalar on success, or NULL on failure. 0166 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 0167 **/ 0168 public function key(); 0169 0170 /** 0171 * Move forward to next element 0172 * 0173 * Moves the current position to the next element. 0174 * 0175 * @return void Any returned value is ignored. 0176 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 0177 **/ 0178 public function next(); 0179 0180 /** 0181 * Rewind the Iterator to the first element 0182 * 0183 * Rewinds back to the first element of the Iterator. 0184 * 0185 * @return void Any returned value is ignored. 0186 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 0187 **/ 0188 public function rewind(); 0189 0190 /** 0191 * Checks if current position is valid 0192 * 0193 * This method is called after Iterator::rewind and Iterator::next to 0194 * check if the current position is valid. 0195 * 0196 * @return bool The return value will be casted to boolean and then 0197 * evaluated. 0198 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 0199 **/ 0200 public function valid(); 0201 0202 } 0203 /** 0204 * Throwable is the base interface for any object that can be thrown via 0205 * a statement in PHP 7, including Error and Exception. 0206 **/ 0207 interface Throwable { 0208 /** 0209 * Gets the exception code 0210 * 0211 * Returns the error code associated with the thrown object. 0212 * 0213 * @return int Returns the exception code as integer in Exception but 0214 * possibly as other type in Exception descendants (for example as 0215 * string in PDOException). 0216 * @since PHP 7 0217 **/ 0218 public function getCode(); 0219 0220 /** 0221 * Gets the file in which the object was created 0222 * 0223 * Get the name of the file in which the thrown object was created. 0224 * 0225 * @return string Returns the filename in which the thrown object was 0226 * created. 0227 * @since PHP 7 0228 **/ 0229 public function getFile(); 0230 0231 /** 0232 * Gets the line on which the object was instantiated 0233 * 0234 * Returns the line number where the thrown object was instantiated. 0235 * 0236 * @return int Returns the line number where the thrown object was 0237 * instantiated. 0238 * @since PHP 7 0239 **/ 0240 public function getLine(); 0241 0242 /** 0243 * Gets the message 0244 * 0245 * Returns the message associated with the thrown object. 0246 * 0247 * @return string Returns the message associated with the thrown 0248 * object. 0249 * @since PHP 7 0250 **/ 0251 public function getMessage(); 0252 0253 /** 0254 * Returns the previous Throwable 0255 * 0256 * Returns any previous Throwable (for example, one provided as the third 0257 * parameter to Exception::__construct). 0258 * 0259 * @return Throwable Returns the previous Throwable if available, or 0260 * NULL otherwise. 0261 * @since PHP 7 0262 **/ 0263 public function getPrevious(); 0264 0265 /** 0266 * Gets the stack trace 0267 * 0268 * Returns the stack trace as an array. 0269 * 0270 * @return array Returns the stack trace as an array in the same format 0271 * as {@link debug_backtrace}. 0272 * @since PHP 7 0273 **/ 0274 public function getTrace(); 0275 0276 /** 0277 * Gets the stack trace as a string 0278 * 0279 * @return string Returns the stack trace as a string. 0280 * @since PHP 7 0281 **/ 0282 public function getTraceAsString(); 0283 0284 /** 0285 * Gets a string representation of the thrown object 0286 * 0287 * @return string Returns the string representation of the thrown 0288 * object. 0289 * @since PHP 7 0290 **/ 0291 public function __toString(); 0292 0293 } 0294 /** 0295 * Error is the base class for all internal PHP errors. 0296 **/ 0297 class Error implements Throwable { 0298 /** 0299 * The error code 0300 * 0301 * @var int 0302 **/ 0303 protected $code; 0304 0305 /** 0306 * The filename where the error happened 0307 * 0308 * @var string 0309 **/ 0310 protected $file; 0311 0312 /** 0313 * The line where the error happened 0314 * 0315 * @var int 0316 **/ 0317 protected $line; 0318 0319 /** 0320 * The error message 0321 * 0322 * @var string 0323 **/ 0324 protected $message; 0325 0326 /** 0327 * Gets the error code 0328 * 0329 * Returns the error code. 0330 * 0331 * @return mixed Returns the error code as integer 0332 **/ 0333 final public function getCode(){} 0334 0335 /** 0336 * Gets the file in which the error occurred 0337 * 0338 * Get the name of the file the error occurred. 0339 * 0340 * @return string Returns the filename in which the error occurred. 0341 **/ 0342 final public function getFile(){} 0343 0344 /** 0345 * Gets the line in which the error occurred 0346 * 0347 * Get line number where the error occurred. 0348 * 0349 * @return int Returns the line number where the error occurred. 0350 **/ 0351 final public function getLine(){} 0352 0353 /** 0354 * Gets the error message 0355 * 0356 * Returns the error message. 0357 * 0358 * @return string Returns the error message as a string. 0359 **/ 0360 final public function getMessage(){} 0361 0362 /** 0363 * Returns previous Throwable 0364 * 0365 * Returns previous Throwable (the third parameter of 0366 * Error::__construct). 0367 * 0368 * @return Throwable Returns the previous Throwable if available or 0369 * NULL otherwise. 0370 **/ 0371 final public function getPrevious(){} 0372 0373 /** 0374 * Gets the stack trace 0375 * 0376 * Returns the stack trace. 0377 * 0378 * @return array Returns the stack trace as an array. 0379 **/ 0380 final public function getTrace(){} 0381 0382 /** 0383 * Gets the stack trace as a string 0384 * 0385 * Returns the stack trace as a string. 0386 * 0387 * @return string Returns the stack trace as a string. 0388 **/ 0389 final public function getTraceAsString(){} 0390 0391 /** 0392 * Clone the error 0393 * 0394 * Error can not be cloned, so this method results in fatal error. 0395 * 0396 * @return void 0397 **/ 0398 final private function __clone(){} 0399 0400 /** 0401 * String representation of the error 0402 * 0403 * Returns the string representation of the error. 0404 * 0405 * @return string Returns the string representation of the error. 0406 **/ 0407 public function __toString(){} 0408 0409 } 0410 /** 0411 * Exception is the base class for all Exceptions in PHP 5, and the base 0412 * class for all user exceptions in PHP 7. Before PHP 7, Exception did 0413 * not implement the Throwable interface. 0414 **/ 0415 class Exception implements Throwable { 0416 /** 0417 * The exception code 0418 * 0419 * @var int 0420 **/ 0421 protected $code; 0422 0423 /** 0424 * The filename where the exception was created 0425 * 0426 * @var string 0427 **/ 0428 protected $file; 0429 0430 /** 0431 * The line where the exception was created 0432 * 0433 * @var int 0434 **/ 0435 protected $line; 0436 0437 /** 0438 * The exception message 0439 * 0440 * @var string 0441 **/ 0442 protected $message; 0443 0444 /** 0445 * Gets the Exception code 0446 * 0447 * Returns the Exception code. 0448 * 0449 * @return mixed Returns the exception code as integer in Exception but 0450 * possibly as other type in Exception descendants (for example as 0451 * string in PDOException). 0452 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 0453 **/ 0454 final public function getCode(){} 0455 0456 /** 0457 * Gets the file in which the exception was created 0458 * 0459 * Get the name of the file in which the exception was created. 0460 * 0461 * @return string Returns the filename in which the exception was 0462 * created. 0463 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 0464 **/ 0465 final public function getFile(){} 0466 0467 /** 0468 * Gets the line in which the exception was created 0469 * 0470 * Get line number where the exception was created. 0471 * 0472 * @return int Returns the line number where the exception was created. 0473 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 0474 **/ 0475 final public function getLine(){} 0476 0477 /** 0478 * Gets the Exception message 0479 * 0480 * Returns the Exception message. 0481 * 0482 * @return string Returns the Exception message as a string. 0483 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 0484 **/ 0485 final public function getMessage(){} 0486 0487 /** 0488 * Returns previous Exception 0489 * 0490 * Returns previous exception (the third parameter of 0491 * Exception::__construct). 0492 * 0493 * @return Throwable Returns the previous Throwable if available or 0494 * NULL otherwise. 0495 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.3.0, PHP 7 0496 **/ 0497 final public function getPrevious(){} 0498 0499 /** 0500 * Gets the stack trace 0501 * 0502 * Returns the Exception stack trace. 0503 * 0504 * @return array Returns the Exception stack trace as an array. 0505 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 0506 **/ 0507 final public function getTrace(){} 0508 0509 /** 0510 * Gets the stack trace as a string 0511 * 0512 * Returns the Exception stack trace as a string. 0513 * 0514 * @return string Returns the Exception stack trace as a string. 0515 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 0516 **/ 0517 final public function getTraceAsString(){} 0518 0519 /** 0520 * Clone the exception 0521 * 0522 * Tries to clone the Exception, which results in Fatal error. 0523 * 0524 * @return void 0525 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 0526 **/ 0527 final private function __clone(){} 0528 0529 /** 0530 * String representation of the exception 0531 * 0532 * Returns the string representation of the exception. 0533 * 0534 * @return string Returns the string representation of the exception. 0535 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 0536 **/ 0537 public function __toString(){} 0538 0539 } 0540 /** 0541 * The APCIterator class makes it easier to iterate over large APC 0542 * caches. This is helpful as it allows iterating over large caches in 0543 * steps, while grabbing a defined number of entries per lock instance, 0544 * so it frees the cache locks for other activities rather than hold up 0545 * the entire cache to grab 100 (the default) entries. Also, using 0546 * regular expression matching is more efficient as it's been moved to 0547 * the C level. 0548 **/ 0549 class APCIterator implements Iterator { 0550 /** 0551 * Get current item 0552 * 0553 * Gets the current item from the APCIterator stack. 0554 * 0555 * @return mixed Returns the current item on success, or FALSE if no 0556 * more items or exist, or on failure. 0557 * @since PECL apc >= 3.1.1 0558 **/ 0559 public function current(){} 0560 0561 /** 0562 * Get total count 0563 * 0564 * Get the total count. 0565 * 0566 * @return int The total count. 0567 * @since PECL apc >= 3.1.1 0568 **/ 0569 public function getTotalCount(){} 0570 0571 /** 0572 * Get total cache hits 0573 * 0574 * Gets the total number of cache hits. 0575 * 0576 * @return int The number of hits on success, or FALSE on failure. 0577 * @since PECL apc >= 3.1.1 0578 **/ 0579 public function getTotalHits(){} 0580 0581 /** 0582 * Get total cache size 0583 * 0584 * Gets the total cache size. 0585 * 0586 * @return int The total cache size. 0587 * @since PECL apc >= 3.1.1 0588 **/ 0589 public function getTotalSize(){} 0590 0591 /** 0592 * Get iterator key 0593 * 0594 * Gets the current iterator key. 0595 * 0596 * @return string Returns the key on success, or FALSE upon failure. 0597 * @since PECL apc >= 3.1.1 0598 **/ 0599 public function key(){} 0600 0601 /** 0602 * Move pointer to next item 0603 * 0604 * Moves the iterator pointer to the next element. 0605 * 0606 * @return bool 0607 * @since PECL apc >= 3.1.1 0608 **/ 0609 public function next(){} 0610 0611 /** 0612 * Rewinds iterator 0613 * 0614 * Rewinds back the iterator to the first element. 0615 * 0616 * @return void 0617 * @since PECL apc >= 3.1.1 0618 **/ 0619 public function rewind(){} 0620 0621 /** 0622 * Checks if current position is valid 0623 * 0624 * Checks if the current iterator position is valid. 0625 * 0626 * @return bool Returns TRUE if the current iterator position is valid, 0627 * otherwise FALSE. 0628 * @since PECL apc >= 3.1.1 0629 **/ 0630 public function valid(){} 0631 0632 /** 0633 * Constructs an APCIterator iterator object 0634 * 0635 * Constructs an APCIterator object. 0636 * 0637 * @param string $cache The cache type, which will be user or file. 0638 * @param mixed $search A PCRE regular expression that matches against 0639 * APC key names, either as a string for a single regular expression, 0640 * or as an array of regular expressions. Or, optionally pass in NULL 0641 * to skip the search. 0642 * @param int $format The desired format, as configured with one or 0643 * more of the APC_ITER_* constants. 0644 * @param int $chunk_size The chunk size. Must be a value greater than 0645 * 0. The default value is 100. 0646 * @param int $list The type to list. Either pass in APC_LIST_ACTIVE or 0647 * APC_LIST_DELETED. 0648 * @since PECL apc >= 3.1.1 0649 **/ 0650 public function __construct($cache, $search, $format, $chunk_size, $list){} 0651 0652 } 0653 /** 0654 * The APCUIterator class makes it easier to iterate over large APCu 0655 * caches. This is helpful as it allows iterating over large caches in 0656 * steps, while grabbing a defined number of entries per lock instance, 0657 * so it frees the cache locks for other activities rather than hold up 0658 * the entire cache to grab 100 (the default) entries. Also, using 0659 * regular expression matching is more efficient as it's been moved to 0660 * the C level. 0661 **/ 0662 class APCUIterator implements Iterator { 0663 /** 0664 * Get current item 0665 * 0666 * Gets the current item from the APCUIterator stack. 0667 * 0668 * @return mixed Returns the current item on success, or FALSE if no 0669 * more items or exist, or on failure. 0670 * @since PECL apcu >= 5.0.0 0671 **/ 0672 public function current(){} 0673 0674 /** 0675 * Get total count 0676 * 0677 * Get the total count. 0678 * 0679 * @return int The total count. 0680 * @since PECL apcu >= 5.0.0 0681 **/ 0682 public function getTotalCount(){} 0683 0684 /** 0685 * Get total cache hits 0686 * 0687 * Gets the total number of cache hits. 0688 * 0689 * @return int The number of hits on success, or FALSE on failure. 0690 * @since PECL apcu >= 5.0.0 0691 **/ 0692 public function getTotalHits(){} 0693 0694 /** 0695 * Get total cache size 0696 * 0697 * Gets the total cache size. 0698 * 0699 * @return int The total cache size. 0700 * @since PECL apcu >= 5.0.0 0701 **/ 0702 public function getTotalSize(){} 0703 0704 /** 0705 * Get iterator key 0706 * 0707 * Gets the current iterator key. 0708 * 0709 * @return string Returns the key on success, or FALSE upon failure. 0710 * @since PECL apcu >= 5.0.0 0711 **/ 0712 public function key(){} 0713 0714 /** 0715 * Move pointer to next item 0716 * 0717 * Moves the iterator pointer to the next element. 0718 * 0719 * @return bool 0720 * @since PECL apcu >= 5.0.0 0721 **/ 0722 public function next(){} 0723 0724 /** 0725 * Rewinds iterator 0726 * 0727 * Rewinds back the iterator to the first element. 0728 * 0729 * @return void 0730 * @since PECL apcu >= 5.0.0 0731 **/ 0732 public function rewind(){} 0733 0734 /** 0735 * Checks if current position is valid 0736 * 0737 * Checks if the current iterator position is valid. 0738 * 0739 * @return bool Returns TRUE if the current iterator position is valid, 0740 * otherwise FALSE. 0741 * @since PECL apcu >= 5.0.0 0742 **/ 0743 public function valid(){} 0744 0745 /** 0746 * Constructs an APCUIterator iterator object 0747 * 0748 * Constructs an APCUIterator object. 0749 * 0750 * @param mixed $search A PCRE regular expression that matches against 0751 * APCu key names, either as a string for a single regular expression, 0752 * or as an array of regular expressions. Or, optionally pass in NULL 0753 * to skip the search. 0754 * @param int $format The desired format, as configured with one or 0755 * more of the APC_ITER_* constants. 0756 * @param int $chunk_size The chunk size. Must be a value greater than 0757 * 0. The default value is 100. 0758 * @param int $list The type to list. Either pass in APC_LIST_ACTIVE or 0759 * APC_LIST_DELETED. 0760 * @since PECL apcu >= 5.0.0 0761 **/ 0762 public function __construct($search, $format, $chunk_size, $list){} 0763 0764 } 0765 /** 0766 * An Iterator that iterates over several iterators one after the other. 0767 **/ 0768 class AppendIterator extends IteratorIterator implements OuterIterator { 0769 /** 0770 * Appends an iterator 0771 * 0772 * @param Iterator $iterator The iterator to append. 0773 * @return void 0774 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.1.0, PHP 7 0775 **/ 0776 public function append($iterator){} 0777 0778 /** 0779 * Gets the current value 0780 * 0781 * @return mixed The current value if it is valid or NULL otherwise. 0782 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.1.0, PHP 7 0783 **/ 0784 public function current(){} 0785 0786 /** 0787 * Gets the ArrayIterator 0788 * 0789 * This method gets the ArrayIterator that is used to store the iterators 0790 * added with AppendIterator::append. 0791 * 0792 * @return ArrayIterator Returns an ArrayIterator containing the 0793 * appended iterators. 0794 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.0, PHP 7 0795 **/ 0796 public function getArrayIterator(){} 0797 0798 /** 0799 * Gets the inner iterator 0800 * 0801 * This method returns the current inner iterator. 0802 * 0803 * @return Iterator The current inner iterator, or NULL if there is not 0804 * one. 0805 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.1.0, PHP 7 0806 **/ 0807 public function getInnerIterator(){} 0808 0809 /** 0810 * Gets an index of iterators 0811 * 0812 * Gets the index of the current inner iterator. 0813 * 0814 * @return int Returns an integer, which is the zero-based index of the 0815 * current inner iterator. 0816 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.0, PHP 7 0817 **/ 0818 public function getIteratorIndex(){} 0819 0820 /** 0821 * Gets the current key 0822 * 0823 * Get the current key. 0824 * 0825 * @return scalar The current key if it is valid or NULL otherwise. 0826 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.1.0, PHP 7 0827 **/ 0828 public function key(){} 0829 0830 /** 0831 * Moves to the next element 0832 * 0833 * Moves to the next element. If this means to another Iterator then it 0834 * rewinds that Iterator. 0835 * 0836 * @return void 0837 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.1.0, PHP 7 0838 **/ 0839 public function next(){} 0840 0841 /** 0842 * Rewinds the Iterator 0843 * 0844 * Rewind to the first element of the first inner Iterator. 0845 * 0846 * @return void 0847 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.1.0, PHP 7 0848 **/ 0849 public function rewind(){} 0850 0851 /** 0852 * Checks validity of the current element 0853 * 0854 * @return bool Returns TRUE if the current iteration is valid, FALSE 0855 * otherwise. 0856 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.1.0, PHP 7 0857 **/ 0858 public function valid(){} 0859 0860 } 0861 /** 0862 * ArgumentCountError is thrown when too few arguments are passed to a 0863 * user-defined function or method. 0864 **/ 0865 class ArgumentCountError extends TypeError { 0866 } 0867 /** 0868 * ArithmeticError is thrown when an error occurs while performing 0869 * mathematical operations. In PHP 7.0, these errors include attempting 0870 * to perform a bitshift by a negative amount, and any call to {@link 0871 * intdiv} that would result in a value outside the possible bounds of an 0872 * integer. 0873 **/ 0874 class ArithmeticError extends Error { 0875 } 0876 /** 0877 * Interface to provide accessing objects as arrays. 0878 **/ 0879 interface ArrayAccess { 0880 /** 0881 * Whether an offset exists 0882 * 0883 * Whether or not an offset exists. 0884 * 0885 * This method is executed when using {@link isset} or {@link empty} on 0886 * objects implementing ArrayAccess. 0887 * 0888 * @param mixed $offset An offset to check for. 0889 * @return bool 0890 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 0891 **/ 0892 public function offsetExists($offset); 0893 0894 /** 0895 * Offset to retrieve 0896 * 0897 * Returns the value at specified offset. 0898 * 0899 * This method is executed when checking if offset is {@link empty}. 0900 * 0901 * @param mixed $offset The offset to retrieve. 0902 * @return mixed Can return all value types. 0903 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 0904 **/ 0905 public function offsetGet($offset); 0906 0907 /** 0908 * Assign a value to the specified offset 0909 * 0910 * Assigns a value to the specified offset. 0911 * 0912 * @param mixed $offset The offset to assign the value to. 0913 * @param mixed $value The value to set. 0914 * @return void 0915 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 0916 **/ 0917 public function offsetSet($offset, $value); 0918 0919 /** 0920 * Unset an offset 0921 * 0922 * Unsets an offset. 0923 * 0924 * @param mixed $offset The offset to unset. 0925 * @return void 0926 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 0927 **/ 0928 public function offsetUnset($offset); 0929 0930 } 0931 /** 0932 * This iterator allows to unset and modify values and keys while 0933 * iterating over Arrays and Objects. When you want to iterate over the 0934 * same array multiple times you need to instantiate ArrayObject and let 0935 * it create ArrayIterator instances that refer to it either by using or 0936 * by calling its getIterator() method manually. 0937 **/ 0938 class ArrayIterator implements ArrayAccess, SeekableIterator, Countable, Serializable { 0939 /** 0940 * Entries can be accessed as properties (read and write). 0941 * 0942 * @var mixed 0943 **/ 0944 const ARRAY_AS_PROPS = 0; 0945 0946 /** 0947 * Properties of the object have their normal functionality when accessed 0948 * as list (var_dump, foreach, etc.). 0949 * 0950 * @var mixed 0951 **/ 0952 const STD_PROP_LIST = 0; 0953 0954 /** 0955 * Append an element 0956 * 0957 * Appends value as the last element. 0958 * 0959 * @param mixed $value The value to append. 0960 * @return void 0961 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 0962 **/ 0963 public function append($value){} 0964 0965 /** 0966 * Sort array by values 0967 * 0968 * Sorts an array by values. 0969 * 0970 * @return void 0971 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.0, PHP 7 0972 **/ 0973 public function asort(){} 0974 0975 /** 0976 * Count elements 0977 * 0978 * Gets the number of elements in the array, or the number of public 0979 * properties in the object. 0980 * 0981 * @return int The number of elements or public properties in the 0982 * associated array or object, respectively. 0983 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 0984 **/ 0985 public function count(){} 0986 0987 /** 0988 * Return current array entry 0989 * 0990 * Get the current array entry. 0991 * 0992 * @return mixed The current array entry. 0993 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 0994 **/ 0995 public function current(){} 0996 0997 /** 0998 * Get array copy 0999 * 1000 * Get a copy of an array. 1001 * 1002 * @return array A copy of the array, or array of public properties if 1003 * ArrayIterator refers to an object. 1004 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 1005 **/ 1006 public function getArrayCopy(){} 1007 1008 /** 1009 * Get behavior flags 1010 * 1011 * Gets the behavior flags of the ArrayIterator. See the 1012 * ArrayIterator::setFlags method for a list of the available flags. 1013 * 1014 * @return int Returns the behavior flags of the ArrayIterator. 1015 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.1.0, PHP 7 1016 **/ 1017 public function getFlags(){} 1018 1019 /** 1020 * Return current array key 1021 * 1022 * This function returns the current array key 1023 * 1024 * @return mixed The current array key. 1025 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 1026 **/ 1027 public function key(){} 1028 1029 /** 1030 * Sort array by keys 1031 * 1032 * Sorts an array by the keys. 1033 * 1034 * @return void 1035 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.0, PHP 7 1036 **/ 1037 public function ksort(){} 1038 1039 /** 1040 * Sort an array naturally, case insensitive 1041 * 1042 * Sort the entries by values using a case insensitive "natural order" 1043 * algorithm. 1044 * 1045 * @return void 1046 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.0, PHP 7 1047 **/ 1048 public function natcasesort(){} 1049 1050 /** 1051 * Sort an array naturally 1052 * 1053 * Sort the entries by values using "natural order" algorithm. 1054 * 1055 * @return void 1056 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.0, PHP 7 1057 **/ 1058 public function natsort(){} 1059 1060 /** 1061 * Move to next entry 1062 * 1063 * The iterator to the next entry. 1064 * 1065 * @return void 1066 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 1067 **/ 1068 public function next(){} 1069 1070 /** 1071 * Check if offset exists 1072 * 1073 * Checks if the offset exists. 1074 * 1075 * @param mixed $index The offset being checked. 1076 * @return bool TRUE if the offset exists, otherwise FALSE 1077 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 1078 **/ 1079 public function offsetExists($index){} 1080 1081 /** 1082 * Get value for an offset 1083 * 1084 * Gets the value from the provided offset. 1085 * 1086 * @param mixed $index The offset to get the value from. 1087 * @return mixed The value at offset {@link index}. 1088 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 1089 **/ 1090 public function offsetGet($index){} 1091 1092 /** 1093 * Set value for an offset 1094 * 1095 * Sets a value for a given offset. 1096 * 1097 * @param mixed $index The index to set for. 1098 * @param mixed $newval The new value to store at the index. 1099 * @return void 1100 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 1101 **/ 1102 public function offsetSet($index, $newval){} 1103 1104 /** 1105 * Unset value for an offset 1106 * 1107 * Unsets a value for an offset. 1108 * 1109 * If iteration is in progress, and ArrayIterator::offsetUnset is used to 1110 * unset the current index of iteration, the iteration position will be 1111 * advanced to the next index. Since the iteration position is also 1112 * advanced at the end of a loop body, use of ArrayIterator::offsetUnset 1113 * inside a foreach loop may result in indices being skipped. 1114 * 1115 * @param mixed $index The offset to unset. 1116 * @return void 1117 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 1118 **/ 1119 public function offsetUnset($index){} 1120 1121 /** 1122 * Rewind array back to the start 1123 * 1124 * This rewinds the iterator to the beginning. 1125 * 1126 * @return void 1127 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 1128 **/ 1129 public function rewind(){} 1130 1131 /** 1132 * Seek to position 1133 * 1134 * @param int $position The position to seek to. 1135 * @return void 1136 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 1137 **/ 1138 public function seek($position){} 1139 1140 /** 1141 * Serialize 1142 * 1143 * @return string The serialized ArrayIterator. 1144 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.3.0, PHP 7 1145 **/ 1146 public function serialize(){} 1147 1148 /** 1149 * Set behaviour flags 1150 * 1151 * Set the flags that change the behavior of the ArrayIterator. 1152 * 1153 * @param string $flags The new ArrayIterator behavior. It takes on 1154 * either a bitmask, or named constants. Using named constants is 1155 * strongly encouraged to ensure compatibility for future versions. The 1156 * available behavior flags are listed below. The actual meanings of 1157 * these flags are described in the predefined constants. ArrayIterator 1158 * behavior flags value constant 1 ArrayIterator::STD_PROP_LIST 2 1159 * ArrayIterator::ARRAY_AS_PROPS 1160 * @return void 1161 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.1.0, PHP 7 1162 **/ 1163 public function setFlags($flags){} 1164 1165 /** 1166 * Sort with a user-defined comparison function and maintain index 1167 * association 1168 * 1169 * This method sorts the elements such that indices maintain their 1170 * correlation with the values they are associated with, using a 1171 * user-defined comparison function. 1172 * 1173 * @param callable $cmp_function 1174 * @return void 1175 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.0, PHP 7 1176 **/ 1177 public function uasort($cmp_function){} 1178 1179 /** 1180 * Sort by keys using a user-defined comparison function 1181 * 1182 * This method sorts the elements by keys using a user-supplied 1183 * comparison function. 1184 * 1185 * @param callable $cmp_function 1186 * @return void 1187 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.0, PHP 7 1188 **/ 1189 public function uksort($cmp_function){} 1190 1191 /** 1192 * Unserialize 1193 * 1194 * @param string $serialized The serialized ArrayIterator object to be 1195 * unserialized. 1196 * @return void 1197 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.3.0, PHP 7 1198 **/ 1199 public function unserialize($serialized){} 1200 1201 /** 1202 * Check whether array contains more entries 1203 * 1204 * Checks if the array contains any more entries. 1205 * 1206 * @return bool Returns TRUE if the iterator is valid, otherwise FALSE 1207 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 1208 **/ 1209 public function valid(){} 1210 1211 /** 1212 * Construct an ArrayIterator 1213 * 1214 * Constructs an ArrayIterator object. 1215 * 1216 * @param mixed $array The array or object to be iterated on. 1217 * @param int $flags Flags to control the behaviour of the 1218 * ArrayIterator object. See ArrayIterator::setFlags. 1219 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 1220 **/ 1221 public function __construct($array, $flags){} 1222 1223 } 1224 /** 1225 * This class allows objects to work as arrays. 1226 **/ 1227 class ArrayObject implements IteratorAggregate, ArrayAccess, Serializable, Countable { 1228 /** 1229 * Entries can be accessed as properties (read and write). 1230 * 1231 * @var mixed 1232 **/ 1233 const ARRAY_AS_PROPS = 0; 1234 1235 /** 1236 * Properties of the object have their normal functionality when accessed 1237 * as list (var_dump, foreach, etc.). 1238 * 1239 * @var mixed 1240 **/ 1241 const STD_PROP_LIST = 0; 1242 1243 /** 1244 * Appends the value 1245 * 1246 * Appends a new value as the last element. 1247 * 1248 * @param mixed $value The value being appended. 1249 * @return void 1250 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 1251 **/ 1252 public function append($value){} 1253 1254 /** 1255 * Sort the entries by value 1256 * 1257 * Sorts the entries such that the keys maintain their correlation with 1258 * the entries they are associated with. This is used mainly when sorting 1259 * associative arrays where the actual element order is significant. 1260 * 1261 * @return void 1262 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.0, PHP 7 1263 **/ 1264 public function asort(){} 1265 1266 /** 1267 * Get the number of public properties in the ArrayObject 1268 * 1269 * Get the number of public properties in the ArrayObject. 1270 * 1271 * @return int The number of public properties in the ArrayObject. 1272 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 1273 **/ 1274 public function count(){} 1275 1276 /** 1277 * Exchange the array for another one 1278 * 1279 * Exchange the current array with another array or object. 1280 * 1281 * @param mixed $input The new array or object to exchange with the 1282 * current array. 1283 * @return array Returns the old array. 1284 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.1.0, PHP 7 1285 **/ 1286 public function exchangeArray($input){} 1287 1288 /** 1289 * Creates a copy of the ArrayObject 1290 * 1291 * Exports the ArrayObject to an array. 1292 * 1293 * @return array Returns a copy of the array. When the ArrayObject 1294 * refers to an object, an array of the public properties of that 1295 * object will be returned. 1296 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 1297 **/ 1298 public function getArrayCopy(){} 1299 1300 /** 1301 * Gets the behavior flags 1302 * 1303 * Gets the behavior flags of the ArrayObject. See the 1304 * ArrayObject::setFlags method for a list of the available flags. 1305 * 1306 * @return int Returns the behavior flags of the ArrayObject. 1307 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.1.0, PHP 7 1308 **/ 1309 public function getFlags(){} 1310 1311 /** 1312 * Create a new iterator from an ArrayObject instance 1313 * 1314 * Create a new iterator from an ArrayObject instance. 1315 * 1316 * @return ArrayIterator An iterator from an ArrayObject. 1317 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 1318 **/ 1319 public function getIterator(){} 1320 1321 /** 1322 * Gets the iterator classname for the ArrayObject 1323 * 1324 * Gets the class name of the array iterator that is used by 1325 * ArrayObject::getIterator(). 1326 * 1327 * @return string Returns the iterator class name that is used to 1328 * iterate over this object. 1329 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.1.0, PHP 7 1330 **/ 1331 public function getIteratorClass(){} 1332 1333 /** 1334 * Sort the entries by key 1335 * 1336 * Sorts the entries by key, maintaining key to entry correlations. This 1337 * is useful mainly for associative arrays. 1338 * 1339 * @return void 1340 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.0, PHP 7 1341 **/ 1342 public function ksort(){} 1343 1344 /** 1345 * Sort an array using a case insensitive "natural order" algorithm 1346 * 1347 * This method is a case insensitive version of ArrayObject::natsort. 1348 * 1349 * This method implements a sort algorithm that orders alphanumeric 1350 * strings in the way a human being would while maintaining key/value 1351 * associations. This is described as a "natural ordering". 1352 * 1353 * @return void 1354 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.0, PHP 7 1355 **/ 1356 public function natcasesort(){} 1357 1358 /** 1359 * Sort entries using a "natural order" algorithm 1360 * 1361 * This method implements a sort algorithm that orders alphanumeric 1362 * strings in the way a human being would while maintaining key/value 1363 * associations. This is described as a "natural ordering". An example of 1364 * the difference between this algorithm and the regular computer string 1365 * sorting algorithms (used in ArrayObject::asort) method can be seen in 1366 * the example below. 1367 * 1368 * @return void 1369 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.0, PHP 7 1370 **/ 1371 public function natsort(){} 1372 1373 /** 1374 * Returns whether the requested index exists 1375 * 1376 * @param mixed $index The index being checked. 1377 * @return bool TRUE if the requested index exists, otherwise FALSE 1378 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 1379 **/ 1380 public function offsetExists($index){} 1381 1382 /** 1383 * Returns the value at the specified index 1384 * 1385 * @param mixed $index The index with the value. 1386 * @return mixed The value at the specified index or NULL. 1387 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 1388 **/ 1389 public function offsetGet($index){} 1390 1391 /** 1392 * Sets the value at the specified index to newval 1393 * 1394 * @param mixed $index The index being set. 1395 * @param mixed $newval The new value for the {@link index}. 1396 * @return void 1397 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 1398 **/ 1399 public function offsetSet($index, $newval){} 1400 1401 /** 1402 * Unsets the value at the specified index 1403 * 1404 * @param mixed $index The index being unset. 1405 * @return void 1406 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 1407 **/ 1408 public function offsetUnset($index){} 1409 1410 /** 1411 * Serialize an ArrayObject 1412 * 1413 * Serializes an ArrayObject. 1414 * 1415 * @return string The serialized representation of the ArrayObject. 1416 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.3.0, PHP 7 1417 **/ 1418 public function serialize(){} 1419 1420 /** 1421 * Sets the behavior flags 1422 * 1423 * Set the flags that change the behavior of the ArrayObject. 1424 * 1425 * @param int $flags The new ArrayObject behavior. It takes on either a 1426 * bitmask, or named constants. Using named constants is strongly 1427 * encouraged to ensure compatibility for future versions. The 1428 * available behavior flags are listed below. The actual meanings of 1429 * these flags are described in the predefined constants. ArrayObject 1430 * behavior flags value constant 1 ArrayObject::STD_PROP_LIST 2 1431 * ArrayObject::ARRAY_AS_PROPS 1432 * @return void 1433 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.1.0, PHP 7 1434 **/ 1435 public function setFlags($flags){} 1436 1437 /** 1438 * Sets the iterator classname for the ArrayObject 1439 * 1440 * Sets the classname of the array iterator that is used by 1441 * ArrayObject::getIterator(). 1442 * 1443 * @param string $iterator_class The classname of the array iterator to 1444 * use when iterating over this object. 1445 * @return void 1446 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.1.0, PHP 7 1447 **/ 1448 public function setIteratorClass($iterator_class){} 1449 1450 /** 1451 * Sort the entries with a user-defined comparison function and maintain 1452 * key association 1453 * 1454 * This function sorts the entries such that keys maintain their 1455 * correlation with the entry that they are associated with, using a 1456 * user-defined comparison function. 1457 * 1458 * This is used mainly when sorting associative arrays where the actual 1459 * element order is significant. 1460 * 1461 * @param callable $cmp_function Function {@link cmp_function} should 1462 * accept two parameters which will be filled by pairs of entries. The 1463 * comparison function must return an integer less than, equal to, or 1464 * greater than zero if the first argument is considered to be 1465 * respectively less than, equal to, or greater than the second. 1466 * @return void 1467 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.0, PHP 7 1468 **/ 1469 public function uasort($cmp_function){} 1470 1471 /** 1472 * Sort the entries by keys using a user-defined comparison function 1473 * 1474 * This function sorts the keys of the entries using a user-supplied 1475 * comparison function. The key to entry correlations will be maintained. 1476 * 1477 * @param callable $cmp_function The callback comparison function. 1478 * Function {@link cmp_function} should accept two parameters which 1479 * will be filled by pairs of entry keys. The comparison function must 1480 * return an integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if the 1481 * first argument is considered to be respectively less than, equal to, 1482 * or greater than the second. 1483 * @return void 1484 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.0, PHP 7 1485 **/ 1486 public function uksort($cmp_function){} 1487 1488 /** 1489 * Unserialize an ArrayObject 1490 * 1491 * Unserializes a serialized ArrayObject. 1492 * 1493 * @param string $serialized The serialized ArrayObject. 1494 * @return void The unserialized ArrayObject. 1495 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.3.0, PHP 7 1496 **/ 1497 public function unserialize($serialized){} 1498 1499 } 1500 /** 1501 * AssertionError is thrown when an assertion made via {@link assert} 1502 * fails. 1503 **/ 1504 class AssertionError extends Error { 1505 } 1506 /** 1507 * Exception thrown if a callback refers to an undefined function or if 1508 * some arguments are missing. 1509 **/ 1510 class BadFunctionCallException extends LogicException { 1511 } 1512 /** 1513 * Exception thrown if a callback refers to an undefined method or if 1514 * some arguments are missing. 1515 **/ 1516 class BadMethodCallException extends BadFunctionCallException { 1517 } 1518 /** 1519 * This object supports cached iteration over another iterator. 1520 **/ 1521 class CachingIterator extends IteratorIterator implements OuterIterator, ArrayAccess, Countable { 1522 /** 1523 * @var integer 1524 **/ 1525 const CALL_TOSTRING = 0; 1526 1527 /** 1528 * @var integer 1529 **/ 1530 const CATCH_GET_CHILD = 0; 1531 1532 /** 1533 * @var integer 1534 **/ 1535 const FULL_CACHE = 0; 1536 1537 /** 1538 * @var integer 1539 **/ 1540 const TOSTRING_USE_CURRENT = 0; 1541 1542 /** 1543 * @var integer 1544 **/ 1545 const TOSTRING_USE_INNER = 0; 1546 1547 /** 1548 * @var integer 1549 **/ 1550 const TOSTRING_USE_KEY = 0; 1551 1552 /** 1553 * The number of elements in the iterator 1554 * 1555 * May return the number of elements in the iterator. 1556 * 1557 * @return int The count of the elements iterated over. 1558 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.2, PHP 7 1559 **/ 1560 public function count(){} 1561 1562 /** 1563 * Return the current element 1564 * 1565 * May return the current element in the iteration. 1566 * 1567 * @return mixed Mixed 1568 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 1569 **/ 1570 public function current(){} 1571 1572 /** 1573 * Retrieve the contents of the cache 1574 * 1575 * @return array An array containing the cache items. 1576 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.0, PHP 7 1577 **/ 1578 public function getCache(){} 1579 1580 /** 1581 * Get flags used 1582 * 1583 * Get the bitmask of the flags used for this CachingIterator instance. 1584 * 1585 * @return int Description... 1586 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.0, PHP 7 1587 **/ 1588 public function getFlags(){} 1589 1590 /** 1591 * Returns the inner iterator 1592 * 1593 * Returns the iterator sent to the constructor. 1594 * 1595 * @return Iterator Returns an object implementing the Iterator 1596 * interface. 1597 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 1598 **/ 1599 public function getInnerIterator(){} 1600 1601 /** 1602 * Check whether the inner iterator has a valid next element 1603 * 1604 * @return void 1605 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 1606 **/ 1607 public function hasNext(){} 1608 1609 /** 1610 * Return the key for the current element 1611 * 1612 * This method may return a key for the current element. 1613 * 1614 * @return scalar 1615 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 1616 **/ 1617 public function key(){} 1618 1619 /** 1620 * Move the iterator forward 1621 * 1622 * @return void 1623 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 1624 **/ 1625 public function next(){} 1626 1627 /** 1628 * The offsetExists purpose 1629 * 1630 * @param mixed $index The index being checked. 1631 * @return void Returns TRUE if an entry referenced by the offset 1632 * exists, FALSE otherwise. 1633 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.0, PHP 7 1634 **/ 1635 public function offsetExists($index){} 1636 1637 /** 1638 * The offsetGet purpose 1639 * 1640 * @param string $index Description... 1641 * @return void Description... 1642 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.0, PHP 7 1643 **/ 1644 public function offsetGet($index){} 1645 1646 /** 1647 * The offsetSet purpose 1648 * 1649 * @param mixed $index The index of the element to be set. 1650 * @param mixed $newval The new value for the {@link index}. 1651 * @return void 1652 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.0, PHP 7 1653 **/ 1654 public function offsetSet($index, $newval){} 1655 1656 /** 1657 * The offsetUnset purpose 1658 * 1659 * @param string $index The index of the element to be unset. 1660 * @return void 1661 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.0, PHP 7 1662 **/ 1663 public function offsetUnset($index){} 1664 1665 /** 1666 * Rewind the iterator 1667 * 1668 * @return void 1669 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 1670 **/ 1671 public function rewind(){} 1672 1673 /** 1674 * The setFlags purpose 1675 * 1676 * Set the flags for the CachingIterator object. 1677 * 1678 * @param int $flags Bitmask of the flags to set. 1679 * @return void 1680 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.0, PHP 7 1681 **/ 1682 public function setFlags($flags){} 1683 1684 /** 1685 * Check whether the current element is valid 1686 * 1687 * @return void 1688 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 1689 **/ 1690 public function valid(){} 1691 1692 /** 1693 * Construct a new CachingIterator object for the iterator 1694 * 1695 * @param Iterator $iterator Iterator to cache 1696 * @param int $flags Bitmask of flags. 1697 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 1698 **/ 1699 public function __construct($iterator, $flags){} 1700 1701 /** 1702 * Return the string representation of the current element 1703 * 1704 * Get the string representation of the current element. 1705 * 1706 * @return void The string representation of the current element. 1707 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 1708 **/ 1709 public function __toString(){} 1710 1711 } 1712 /** 1713 * Simple class with some static helper methods. 1714 **/ 1715 class Cairo { 1716 /** 1717 * Retrieves the availables font types 1718 * 1719 * Returns an array with the available font backends 1720 * 1721 * @return array A list-type array with all available font backends. 1722 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 1723 **/ 1724 public static function availableFonts(){} 1725 1726 /** 1727 * Retrieves all available surfaces 1728 * 1729 * Returns an array with the available surface backends 1730 * 1731 * @return array A list-type array with all available surface backends. 1732 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 1733 **/ 1734 public static function availableSurfaces(){} 1735 1736 /** 1737 * Retrieves the current status as string 1738 * 1739 * Retrieves the current status as a readable string 1740 * 1741 * @param int $status A valid status code given by {@link cairo_status} 1742 * or CairoContext::status 1743 * @return string A string containing the current status of a 1744 * CairoContext object 1745 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 1746 **/ 1747 public static function statusToString($status){} 1748 1749 /** 1750 * Retrieves cairo's library version 1751 * 1752 * Retrieves the current version of the cairo library as an integer value 1753 * 1754 * @return int Current Cairo library version integer 1755 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 1756 **/ 1757 public static function version(){} 1758 1759 /** 1760 * Retrieves cairo version as string 1761 * 1762 * Retrieves the current cairo library version as a string. 1763 * 1764 * @return string Current Cairo library version string 1765 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 1766 **/ 1767 public static function versionString(){} 1768 1769 } 1770 /** 1771 * Enum class that specifies the type of antialiasing to do when 1772 * rendering text or shapes. 1773 **/ 1774 class CairoAntialias { 1775 /** 1776 * @var integer 1777 **/ 1778 const MODE_DEFAULT = 0; 1779 1780 /** 1781 * @var integer 1782 **/ 1783 const MODE_GRAY = 0; 1784 1785 /** 1786 * @var integer 1787 **/ 1788 const MODE_NONE = 0; 1789 1790 /** 1791 * @var integer 1792 **/ 1793 const MODE_SUBPIXEL = 0; 1794 1795 } 1796 /** 1797 * CairoContent is used to describe the content that a surface will 1798 * contain, whether color information, alpha information (translucence 1799 * vs. opacity), or both. Note: The large values here are designed to 1800 * keep CairoContent values distinct from CairoContent values so that the 1801 * implementation can detect the error if users confuse the two types. 1802 **/ 1803 class CairoContent { 1804 /** 1805 * The surface will hold alpha content only. 1806 * 1807 * @var integer 1808 **/ 1809 const ALPHA = 0; 1810 1811 /** 1812 * The surface will hold color content only. 1813 * 1814 * @var integer 1815 **/ 1816 const COLOR = 0; 1817 1818 /** 1819 * @var integer 1820 **/ 1821 const COLOR_ALPHA = 0; 1822 1823 } 1824 /** 1825 * Context is the main object used when drawing with cairo. To draw with 1826 * cairo, you create a CairoContext, set the target CairoSurface, and 1827 * drawing options for the CairoContext, create shapes with functions . 1828 * like CairoContext::moveTo and CairoContext::lineTo, and then draw 1829 * shapes with CairoContext::stroke or CairoContext::fill. 1830 * 1831 * Contexts can be pushed to a stack via CairoContext::save. They may 1832 * then safely be changed, without losing the current state. Use 1833 * CairoContext::restore to restore to the saved state. 1834 **/ 1835 class CairoContext { 1836 /** 1837 * Appends a path to current path 1838 * 1839 * Appends the {@link path} onto the current path. The {@link path} may 1840 * be either the return value from one of CairoContext::copyPath or 1841 * CairoContext::copyPathFlat; 1842 * 1843 * if {@link path} is not a valid CairoPath instance a CairoException 1844 * will be thrown 1845 * 1846 * @param CairoPath $path CairoContext object 1847 * @return void 1848 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 1849 **/ 1850 public function appendPath($path){} 1851 1852 /** 1853 * Adds a circular arc 1854 * 1855 * Adds a circular arc of the given radius to the current path. The arc 1856 * is centered at ({@link x}, {@link y}), begins at {@link angle1} and 1857 * proceeds in the direction of increasing angles to end at {@link 1858 * angle2}. If {@link angle2} is less than {@link angle1} it will be 1859 * progressively increased by 2*M_PI until it is greater than {@link 1860 * angle1}. If there is a current point, an initial line segment will be 1861 * added to the path to connect the current point to the beginning of the 1862 * arc. If this initial line is undesired, it can be avoided by calling 1863 * CairoContext::newSubPath or procedural {@link cairo_new_sub_path} 1864 * before calling CairoContext::arc or {@link cairo_arc}. 1865 * 1866 * Angles are measured in radians. An angle of 0.0 is in the direction of 1867 * the positive X axis (in user space). An angle of M_PI/2.0 radians (90 1868 * degrees) is in the direction of the positive Y axis (in user space). 1869 * Angles increase in the direction from the positive X axis toward the 1870 * positive Y axis. So with the default transformation matrix, angles 1871 * increase in a clockwise direction. 1872 * 1873 * (To convert from degrees to radians, use degrees * (M_PI / 180.).) 1874 * This function gives the arc in the direction of increasing angles; see 1875 * CairoContext::arcNegative or {@link cairo_arc_negative} to get the arc 1876 * in the direction of decreasing angles. 1877 * 1878 * @param float $x A valid CairoContext object 1879 * @param float $y x position 1880 * @param float $radius y position 1881 * @param float $angle1 Radius of the arc 1882 * @param float $angle2 start angle 1883 * @return void 1884 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 1885 **/ 1886 public function arc($x, $y, $radius, $angle1, $angle2){} 1887 1888 /** 1889 * Adds a negative arc 1890 * 1891 * Adds a circular arc of the given {@link radius} to the current path. 1892 * The arc is centered at ({@link x}, {@link y}), begins at {@link 1893 * angle1} and proceeds in the direction of decreasing angles to end at 1894 * {@link angle2}. If {@link angle2} is greater than {@link angle1} it 1895 * will be progressively decreased by 2*M_PI until it is less than {@link 1896 * angle1}. 1897 * 1898 * See CairoContext::arc or {@link cairo_arc} for more details. This 1899 * function differs only in the direction of the arc between the two 1900 * angles. 1901 * 1902 * @param float $x A valid CairoContext object 1903 * @param float $y double x position 1904 * @param float $radius double y position 1905 * @param float $angle1 The radius of the desired negative arc 1906 * @param float $angle2 Start angle of the arc 1907 * @return void 1908 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 1909 **/ 1910 public function arcNegative($x, $y, $radius, $angle1, $angle2){} 1911 1912 /** 1913 * Establishes a new clip region 1914 * 1915 * Establishes a new clip region by intersecting the current clip region 1916 * with the current path as it would be filled by CairoContext::fill or 1917 * {@link cairo_fill} and according to the current fill rule (see 1918 * CairoContext::setFillRule or {@link cairo_set_fill_rule}). 1919 * 1920 * After CairoContext::clip or {@link cairo_clip}, the current path will 1921 * be cleared from the cairo context. 1922 * 1923 * The current clip region affects all drawing operations by effectively 1924 * masking out any changes to the surface that are outside the current 1925 * clip region. 1926 * 1927 * Calling CairoContext::clip or {@link cairo_clip} can only make the 1928 * clip region smaller, never larger. But the current clip is part of the 1929 * graphics state, so a temporary restriction of the clip region can be 1930 * achieved by calling CairoContext::clip or {@link cairo_clip} within a 1931 * CairoContext::save/CairoContext::restore or {@link cairo_save}/{@link 1932 * cairo_restore} pair. The only other means of increasing the size of 1933 * the clip region is CairoContext::resetClip or procedural {@link 1934 * cairo_reset_clip}. 1935 * 1936 * @return void 1937 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 1938 **/ 1939 public function clip(){} 1940 1941 /** 1942 * Computes the area inside the current clip 1943 * 1944 * Computes a bounding box in user coordinates covering the area inside 1945 * the current clip. 1946 * 1947 * @return array An array containing the (float)x1, (float)y1, 1948 * (float)x2, (float)y2, coordinates covering the area inside the 1949 * current clip 1950 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 1951 **/ 1952 public function clipExtents(){} 1953 1954 /** 1955 * Establishes a new clip region from the current clip 1956 * 1957 * Establishes a new clip region by intersecting the current clip region 1958 * with the current path as it would be filled by Context.fill and 1959 * according to the current FILL RULE (see CairoContext::setFillRule or 1960 * {@link cairo_set_fill_rule}). 1961 * 1962 * Unlike CairoContext::clip, CairoContext::clipPreserve preserves the 1963 * path within the Context. The current clip region affects all drawing 1964 * operations by effectively masking out any changes to the surface that 1965 * are outside the current clip region. 1966 * 1967 * Calling CairoContext::clipPreserve can only make the clip region 1968 * smaller, never larger. But the current clip is part of the graphics 1969 * state, so a temporary restriction of the clip region can be achieved 1970 * by calling CairoContext::clipPreserve within a 1971 * CairoContext::save/CairoContext::restore pair. The only other means of 1972 * increasing the size of the clip region is CairoContext::resetClip. 1973 * 1974 * @return void 1975 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 1976 **/ 1977 public function clipPreserve(){} 1978 1979 /** 1980 * Retrieves the current clip as a list of rectangles 1981 * 1982 * Returns a list-type array with the current clip region as a list of 1983 * rectangles in user coordinates 1984 * 1985 * @return array An array of user-space represented rectangles for the 1986 * current clip 1987 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 1988 **/ 1989 public function clipRectangleList(){} 1990 1991 /** 1992 * Closes the current path 1993 * 1994 * Adds a line segment to the path from the current point to the 1995 * beginning of the current sub-path, (the most recent point passed to 1996 * CairoContext::moveTo), and closes this sub-path. After this call the 1997 * current point will be at the joined endpoint of the sub-path. 1998 * 1999 * The behavior of close_path() is distinct from simply calling 2000 * CairoContext::lineTo with the equivalent coordinate in the case of 2001 * stroking. When a closed sub-path is stroked, there are no caps on the 2002 * ends of the sub-path. Instead, there is a line join connecting the 2003 * final and initial segments of the sub-path. 2004 * 2005 * If there is no current point before the call to 2006 * CairoContext::closePath, this function will have no effect. 2007 * 2008 * @return void 2009 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2010 **/ 2011 public function closePath(){} 2012 2013 /** 2014 * Emits the current page 2015 * 2016 * Emits the current page for backends that support multiple pages, but 2017 * doesn’t clear it, so, the contents of the current page will be 2018 * retained for the next page too. Use CairoContext::showPage if you want 2019 * to get an empty page after the emission. 2020 * 2021 * This is a convenience function that simply calls 2022 * CairoSurface::copyPage on CairoContext’s target. 2023 * 2024 * @return void 2025 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2026 **/ 2027 public function copyPage(){} 2028 2029 /** 2030 * Creates a copy of the current path 2031 * 2032 * Creates a copy of the current path and returns it to the user as a 2033 * CairoPath. See CairoPath for hints on how to iterate over the returned 2034 * data structure. 2035 * 2036 * This function will always return a valid CairoPath object, but the 2037 * result will have no data, if either of the following conditions hold: 2038 * 1. If there is insufficient memory to copy the path. In this case 2039 * CairoPath->status will be set to CAIRO_STATUS_NO_MEMORY. 2. If {@link 2040 * context} is already in an error state. In this case CairoPath->status 2041 * will contain the same status that would be returned by {@link 2042 * cairo_status}. 2043 * 2044 * In either case, CairoPath->status will be set to 2045 * CAIRO_STATUS_NO_MEMORY (regardless of what the error status in cr 2046 * might have been). 2047 * 2048 * @return CairoPath A copy of the current CairoPath in the context 2049 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2050 **/ 2051 public function copyPath(){} 2052 2053 /** 2054 * Gets a flattened copy of the current path 2055 * 2056 * Gets a flattened copy of the current path and returns it to the user 2057 * as a CairoPath. 2058 * 2059 * This function is like CairoContext::copyPath except that any curves in 2060 * the path will be approximated with piecewise-linear approximations, 2061 * (accurate to within the current tolerance value). That is, the result 2062 * is guaranteed to not have any elements of type CAIRO_PATH_CURVE_TO 2063 * which will instead be replaced by a series of CAIRO_PATH_LINE_TO 2064 * elements. 2065 * 2066 * @return CairoPath A copy of the current path 2067 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2068 **/ 2069 public function copyPathFlat(){} 2070 2071 /** 2072 * Adds a curve 2073 * 2074 * Adds a cubic Bezier spline to the path from the current point to 2075 * position {@link x3} ,{@link y3} in user-space coordinates, using 2076 * {@link x1}, {@link y1} and {@link x2}, {@link y2} as the control 2077 * points. After this call the current point will be {@link x3}, {@link 2078 * y3}. 2079 * 2080 * If there is no current point before the call to CairoContext::curveTo 2081 * this function will behave as if preceded by a call to 2082 * CairoContext::moveTo ({@link x1}, {@link y1}). 2083 * 2084 * @param float $x1 A valid CairoContext object created with 2085 * CairoContext::__construct or {@link cairo_create} 2086 * @param float $y1 First control point in the x axis for the curve 2087 * @param float $x2 First control point in the y axis for the curve 2088 * @param float $y2 Second control point in x axis for the curve 2089 * @param float $x3 Second control point in y axis for the curve 2090 * @param float $y3 Final point in the x axis for the curve 2091 * @return void 2092 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2093 **/ 2094 public function curveTo($x1, $y1, $x2, $y2, $x3, $y3){} 2095 2096 /** 2097 * Transform a coordinate 2098 * 2099 * Transform a coordinate from device space to user space by multiplying 2100 * the given point by the inverse of the current transformation matrix 2101 * (CTM). 2102 * 2103 * @param float $x A valid CairoContext object created with 2104 * CairoContext::__construct or {@link cairo_create} 2105 * @param float $y x value of the coordinate 2106 * @return array An array containing the x and y coordinates in the 2107 * user-space 2108 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2109 **/ 2110 public function deviceToUser($x, $y){} 2111 2112 /** 2113 * Transform a distance 2114 * 2115 * Transform a distance vector from device space to user space. This 2116 * function is similar to CairoContext::deviceToUser or {@link 2117 * cairo_device_to_user} except that the translation components of the 2118 * inverse Cairo Transformation Matrix will be ignored when transforming 2119 * ({@link x},{@link y}). 2120 * 2121 * @param float $x A valid CairoContext object created with 2122 * CairoContext::__construct or {@link cairo_create} 2123 * @param float $y X component of a distance vector 2124 * @return array Returns an array with the x and y values of a distance 2125 * vector in the user-space 2126 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2127 **/ 2128 public function deviceToUserDistance($x, $y){} 2129 2130 /** 2131 * Fills the current path 2132 * 2133 * A drawing operator that fills the current path according to the 2134 * current CairoFillRule, (each sub-path is implicitly closed before 2135 * being filled). After CairoContext::fill or {@link cairo_fill}, the 2136 * current path will be cleared from the CairoContext. 2137 * 2138 * @return void 2139 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2140 **/ 2141 public function fill(){} 2142 2143 /** 2144 * Computes the filled area 2145 * 2146 * Computes a bounding box in user coordinates covering the area that 2147 * would be affected, (the “inked” area), by a CairoContext::fill 2148 * operation given the current path and fill parameters. If the current 2149 * path is empty, returns an empty rectangle (0,0,0,0). Surface 2150 * dimensions and clipping are not taken into account. 2151 * 2152 * Contrast with CairoContext::pathExtents, which is similar, but returns 2153 * non-zero extents for some paths with no inked area, (such as a simple 2154 * line segment). 2155 * 2156 * Note that CairoContext::fillExtents must necessarily do more work to 2157 * compute the precise inked areas in light of the fill rule, so 2158 * CairoContext::pathExtents may be more desirable for sake of 2159 * performance if the non-inked path extents are desired. 2160 * 2161 * @return array An array with the coordinates of the afected area 2162 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2163 **/ 2164 public function fillExtents(){} 2165 2166 /** 2167 * Fills and preserve the current path 2168 * 2169 * A drawing operator that fills the current path according to the 2170 * current CairoFillRule, (each sub-path is implicitly closed before 2171 * being filled). Unlike CairoContext::fill, CairoContext::fillPreserve 2172 * (Procedural {@link cairo_fill}, {@link cairo_fill_preserve}, 2173 * respectively) preserves the path within the Context. 2174 * 2175 * @return void 2176 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2177 **/ 2178 public function fillPreserve(){} 2179 2180 /** 2181 * Get the font extents 2182 * 2183 * Gets the font extents for the currently selected font. 2184 * 2185 * @return array An array containing the font extents for the current 2186 * font. 2187 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2188 **/ 2189 public function fontExtents(){} 2190 2191 /** 2192 * Retrieves the current antialias mode 2193 * 2194 * Returns the current CairoAntialias mode, as set by 2195 * CairoContext::setAntialias. 2196 * 2197 * @return int The current CairoAntialias mode. 2198 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2199 **/ 2200 public function getAntialias(){} 2201 2202 /** 2203 * The getCurrentPoint purpose 2204 * 2205 * Gets the current point of the current path, which is conceptually the 2206 * final point reached by the path so far. 2207 * 2208 * The current point is returned in the user-space coordinate system. If 2209 * there is no defined current point or if cr is in an error status, x 2210 * and y will both be set to 0.0. It is possible to check this in advance 2211 * with CairoContext::hasCurrentPoint. 2212 * 2213 * Most path construction functions alter the current point. See the 2214 * following for details on how they affect the current point: 2215 * CairoContext::newPath, CairoContext::newSubPath, 2216 * CairoContext::appendPath, CairoContext::closePath, 2217 * CairoContext::moveTo, CairoContext::lineTo, CairoContext::curveTo, 2218 * CairoContext::relMoveTo, CairoContext::relLineTo, 2219 * CairoContext::relCurveTo, CairoContext::arc, 2220 * CairoContext::arcNegative, CairoContext::rectangle, 2221 * CairoContext::textPath, CairoContext::glyphPath. 2222 * 2223 * Some functions use and alter the current point but do not otherwise 2224 * change current path: CairoContext::showText. 2225 * 2226 * Some functions unset the current path and as a result, current point: 2227 * CairoContext::fill, CairoContext::stroke. 2228 * 2229 * @return array An array containing the x (index 0) and y (index 1) 2230 * coordinates of the current point. 2231 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2232 **/ 2233 public function getCurrentPoint(){} 2234 2235 /** 2236 * The getDash purpose 2237 * 2238 * @return array Description... 2239 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2240 **/ 2241 public function getDash(){} 2242 2243 /** 2244 * The getDashCount purpose 2245 * 2246 * @return int Description... 2247 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2248 **/ 2249 public function getDashCount(){} 2250 2251 /** 2252 * The getFillRule purpose 2253 * 2254 * @return int Description... 2255 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2256 **/ 2257 public function getFillRule(){} 2258 2259 /** 2260 * The getFontFace purpose 2261 * 2262 * @return void Description... 2263 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2264 **/ 2265 public function getFontFace(){} 2266 2267 /** 2268 * The getFontMatrix purpose 2269 * 2270 * @return void Description... 2271 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2272 **/ 2273 public function getFontMatrix(){} 2274 2275 /** 2276 * The getFontOptions purpose 2277 * 2278 * @return void Description... 2279 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2280 **/ 2281 public function getFontOptions(){} 2282 2283 /** 2284 * The getGroupTarget purpose 2285 * 2286 * @return void Description... 2287 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2288 **/ 2289 public function getGroupTarget(){} 2290 2291 /** 2292 * The getLineCap purpose 2293 * 2294 * @return int Description... 2295 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2296 **/ 2297 public function getLineCap(){} 2298 2299 /** 2300 * The getLineJoin purpose 2301 * 2302 * @return int Description... 2303 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2304 **/ 2305 public function getLineJoin(){} 2306 2307 /** 2308 * The getLineWidth purpose 2309 * 2310 * @return float Description... 2311 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2312 **/ 2313 public function getLineWidth(){} 2314 2315 /** 2316 * The getMatrix purpose 2317 * 2318 * @return void Description... 2319 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2320 **/ 2321 public function getMatrix(){} 2322 2323 /** 2324 * The getMiterLimit purpose 2325 * 2326 * @return float Description... 2327 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2328 **/ 2329 public function getMiterLimit(){} 2330 2331 /** 2332 * The getOperator purpose 2333 * 2334 * @return int Description... 2335 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2336 **/ 2337 public function getOperator(){} 2338 2339 /** 2340 * The getScaledFont purpose 2341 * 2342 * @return void Description... 2343 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2344 **/ 2345 public function getScaledFont(){} 2346 2347 /** 2348 * The getSource purpose 2349 * 2350 * @return void Description... 2351 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2352 **/ 2353 public function getSource(){} 2354 2355 /** 2356 * The getTarget purpose 2357 * 2358 * @return void Description... 2359 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2360 **/ 2361 public function getTarget(){} 2362 2363 /** 2364 * The getTolerance purpose 2365 * 2366 * @return float Description... 2367 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2368 **/ 2369 public function getTolerance(){} 2370 2371 /** 2372 * The glyphPath purpose 2373 * 2374 * Adds closed paths for the glyphs to the current path. The generated 2375 * path if filled, achieves an effect similar to that of 2376 * CairoContext::showGlyphs. 2377 * 2378 * @param array $glyphs A CairoContext object 2379 * @return void 2380 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2381 **/ 2382 public function glyphPath($glyphs){} 2383 2384 /** 2385 * The hasCurrentPoint purpose 2386 * 2387 * Returns whether a current point is defined on the current path. See 2388 * CairoContext::getCurrentPoint for details on the current point. 2389 * 2390 * @return bool Whether a current point is defined 2391 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2392 **/ 2393 public function hasCurrentPoint(){} 2394 2395 /** 2396 * The identityMatrix purpose 2397 * 2398 * @return void Description... 2399 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2400 **/ 2401 public function identityMatrix(){} 2402 2403 /** 2404 * The inFill purpose 2405 * 2406 * @param float $x Description... 2407 * @param float $y Description... 2408 * @return bool Description... 2409 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2410 **/ 2411 public function inFill($x, $y){} 2412 2413 /** 2414 * The inStroke purpose 2415 * 2416 * @param float $x Description... 2417 * @param float $y Description... 2418 * @return bool Description... 2419 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2420 **/ 2421 public function inStroke($x, $y){} 2422 2423 /** 2424 * The lineTo purpose 2425 * 2426 * @param float $x Description... 2427 * @param float $y Description... 2428 * @return void Description... 2429 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2430 **/ 2431 public function lineTo($x, $y){} 2432 2433 /** 2434 * The mask purpose 2435 * 2436 * @param CairoPattern $pattern Description... 2437 * @return void Description... 2438 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2439 **/ 2440 public function mask($pattern){} 2441 2442 /** 2443 * The maskSurface purpose 2444 * 2445 * @param CairoSurface $surface Description... 2446 * @param float $x Description... 2447 * @param float $y Description... 2448 * @return void Description... 2449 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2450 **/ 2451 public function maskSurface($surface, $x, $y){} 2452 2453 /** 2454 * The moveTo purpose 2455 * 2456 * Begin a new sub-path. After this call the current point will be (x, 2457 * y). 2458 * 2459 * @param float $x A valid CairoContext object. 2460 * @param float $y The x coordinate of the new position. 2461 * @return void 2462 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2463 **/ 2464 public function moveTo($x, $y){} 2465 2466 /** 2467 * The newPath purpose 2468 * 2469 * Clears the current path. After this call there will be no path and no 2470 * current point. 2471 * 2472 * @return void 2473 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2474 **/ 2475 public function newPath(){} 2476 2477 /** 2478 * The newSubPath purpose 2479 * 2480 * @return void Description... 2481 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2482 **/ 2483 public function newSubPath(){} 2484 2485 /** 2486 * The paint purpose 2487 * 2488 * @return void Description... 2489 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2490 **/ 2491 public function paint(){} 2492 2493 /** 2494 * The paintWithAlpha purpose 2495 * 2496 * @param float $alpha Description... 2497 * @return void Description... 2498 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2499 **/ 2500 public function paintWithAlpha($alpha){} 2501 2502 /** 2503 * The pathExtents purpose 2504 * 2505 * @return array Description... 2506 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2507 **/ 2508 public function pathExtents(){} 2509 2510 /** 2511 * The popGroup purpose 2512 * 2513 * @return void Description... 2514 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2515 **/ 2516 public function popGroup(){} 2517 2518 /** 2519 * The popGroupToSource purpose 2520 * 2521 * @return void Description... 2522 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2523 **/ 2524 public function popGroupToSource(){} 2525 2526 /** 2527 * The pushGroup purpose 2528 * 2529 * @return void Description... 2530 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2531 **/ 2532 public function pushGroup(){} 2533 2534 /** 2535 * The pushGroupWithContent purpose 2536 * 2537 * @param int $content Description... 2538 * @return void Description... 2539 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2540 **/ 2541 public function pushGroupWithContent($content){} 2542 2543 /** 2544 * The rectangle purpose 2545 * 2546 * @param float $x Description... 2547 * @param float $y Description... 2548 * @param float $width Description... 2549 * @param float $height Description... 2550 * @return void Description... 2551 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2552 **/ 2553 public function rectangle($x, $y, $width, $height){} 2554 2555 /** 2556 * The relCurveTo purpose 2557 * 2558 * @param float $x1 Description... 2559 * @param float $y1 Description... 2560 * @param float $x2 Description... 2561 * @param float $y2 Description... 2562 * @param float $x3 Description... 2563 * @param float $y3 Description... 2564 * @return void Description... 2565 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2566 **/ 2567 public function relCurveTo($x1, $y1, $x2, $y2, $x3, $y3){} 2568 2569 /** 2570 * The relLineTo purpose 2571 * 2572 * @param float $x Description... 2573 * @param float $y Description... 2574 * @return void Description... 2575 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2576 **/ 2577 public function relLineTo($x, $y){} 2578 2579 /** 2580 * The relMoveTo purpose 2581 * 2582 * @param float $x Description... 2583 * @param float $y Description... 2584 * @return void Description... 2585 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2586 **/ 2587 public function relMoveTo($x, $y){} 2588 2589 /** 2590 * The resetClip purpose 2591 * 2592 * @return void Description... 2593 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2594 **/ 2595 public function resetClip(){} 2596 2597 /** 2598 * The restore purpose 2599 * 2600 * @return void Description... 2601 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2602 **/ 2603 public function restore(){} 2604 2605 /** 2606 * The rotate purpose 2607 * 2608 * @param float $angle Description... 2609 * @return void Description... 2610 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2611 **/ 2612 public function rotate($angle){} 2613 2614 /** 2615 * The save purpose 2616 * 2617 * @return void Description... 2618 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2619 **/ 2620 public function save(){} 2621 2622 /** 2623 * The scale purpose 2624 * 2625 * @param float $x Description... 2626 * @param float $y Description... 2627 * @return void Description... 2628 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2629 **/ 2630 public function scale($x, $y){} 2631 2632 /** 2633 * The selectFontFace purpose 2634 * 2635 * @param string $family Description... 2636 * @param int $slant Description... 2637 * @param int $weight Description... 2638 * @return void Description... 2639 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2640 **/ 2641 public function selectFontFace($family, $slant, $weight){} 2642 2643 /** 2644 * The setAntialias purpose 2645 * 2646 * @param int $antialias Description... 2647 * @return void Description... 2648 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2649 **/ 2650 public function setAntialias($antialias){} 2651 2652 /** 2653 * The setDash purpose 2654 * 2655 * @param array $dashes Description... 2656 * @param float $offset Description... 2657 * @return void Description... 2658 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2659 **/ 2660 public function setDash($dashes, $offset){} 2661 2662 /** 2663 * The setFillRule purpose 2664 * 2665 * @param int $setting Description... 2666 * @return void Description... 2667 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2668 **/ 2669 public function setFillRule($setting){} 2670 2671 /** 2672 * The setFontFace purpose 2673 * 2674 * Sets the font-face for a given context. 2675 * 2676 * @param CairoFontFace $fontface A CairoContext object to change the 2677 * font-face for. 2678 * @return void No value is returned 2679 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2680 **/ 2681 public function setFontFace($fontface){} 2682 2683 /** 2684 * The setFontMatrix purpose 2685 * 2686 * @param CairoMatrix $matrix Description... 2687 * @return void Description... 2688 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2689 **/ 2690 public function setFontMatrix($matrix){} 2691 2692 /** 2693 * The setFontOptions purpose 2694 * 2695 * @param CairoFontOptions $fontoptions Description... 2696 * @return void Description... 2697 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2698 **/ 2699 public function setFontOptions($fontoptions){} 2700 2701 /** 2702 * The setFontSize purpose 2703 * 2704 * @param float $size Description... 2705 * @return void Description... 2706 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2707 **/ 2708 public function setFontSize($size){} 2709 2710 /** 2711 * The setLineCap purpose 2712 * 2713 * @param int $setting Description... 2714 * @return void Description... 2715 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2716 **/ 2717 public function setLineCap($setting){} 2718 2719 /** 2720 * The setLineJoin purpose 2721 * 2722 * @param int $setting Description... 2723 * @return void Description... 2724 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2725 **/ 2726 public function setLineJoin($setting){} 2727 2728 /** 2729 * The setLineWidth purpose 2730 * 2731 * @param float $width Description... 2732 * @return void Description... 2733 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2734 **/ 2735 public function setLineWidth($width){} 2736 2737 /** 2738 * The setMatrix purpose 2739 * 2740 * @param CairoMatrix $matrix Description... 2741 * @return void Description... 2742 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2743 **/ 2744 public function setMatrix($matrix){} 2745 2746 /** 2747 * The setMiterLimit purpose 2748 * 2749 * @param float $limit Description... 2750 * @return void Description... 2751 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2752 **/ 2753 public function setMiterLimit($limit){} 2754 2755 /** 2756 * The setOperator purpose 2757 * 2758 * @param int $setting Description... 2759 * @return void Description... 2760 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2761 **/ 2762 public function setOperator($setting){} 2763 2764 /** 2765 * The setScaledFont purpose 2766 * 2767 * @param CairoScaledFont $scaledfont Description... 2768 * @return void Description... 2769 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2770 **/ 2771 public function setScaledFont($scaledfont){} 2772 2773 /** 2774 * The setSource purpose 2775 * 2776 * @param CairoPattern $pattern Description... 2777 * @return void Description... 2778 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2779 **/ 2780 public function setSource($pattern){} 2781 2782 /** 2783 * The setSourceRGB purpose 2784 * 2785 * @param float $red Description... 2786 * @param float $green Description... 2787 * @param float $blue Description... 2788 * @return void Description... 2789 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2790 **/ 2791 public function setSourceRGB($red, $green, $blue){} 2792 2793 /** 2794 * The setSourceRGBA purpose 2795 * 2796 * @param float $red Description... 2797 * @param float $green Description... 2798 * @param float $blue Description... 2799 * @param float $alpha Description... 2800 * @return void Description... 2801 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2802 **/ 2803 public function setSourceRGBA($red, $green, $blue, $alpha){} 2804 2805 /** 2806 * The setSourceSurface purpose 2807 * 2808 * @param CairoSurface $surface Description... 2809 * @param float $x Description... 2810 * @param float $y Description... 2811 * @return void Description... 2812 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2813 **/ 2814 public function setSourceSurface($surface, $x, $y){} 2815 2816 /** 2817 * The setTolerance purpose 2818 * 2819 * @param float $tolerance Description... 2820 * @return void Description... 2821 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2822 **/ 2823 public function setTolerance($tolerance){} 2824 2825 /** 2826 * The showPage purpose 2827 * 2828 * @return void Description... 2829 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2830 **/ 2831 public function showPage(){} 2832 2833 /** 2834 * The showText purpose 2835 * 2836 * @param string $text Description... 2837 * @return void Description... 2838 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2839 **/ 2840 public function showText($text){} 2841 2842 /** 2843 * The status purpose 2844 * 2845 * @return int Description... 2846 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2847 **/ 2848 public function status(){} 2849 2850 /** 2851 * The stroke purpose 2852 * 2853 * @return void Description... 2854 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2855 **/ 2856 public function stroke(){} 2857 2858 /** 2859 * The strokeExtents purpose 2860 * 2861 * @return array Description... 2862 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2863 **/ 2864 public function strokeExtents(){} 2865 2866 /** 2867 * The strokePreserve purpose 2868 * 2869 * @return void Description... 2870 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2871 **/ 2872 public function strokePreserve(){} 2873 2874 /** 2875 * The textExtents purpose 2876 * 2877 * @param string $text Description... 2878 * @return array Description... 2879 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2880 **/ 2881 public function textExtents($text){} 2882 2883 /** 2884 * The textPath purpose 2885 * 2886 * Adds closed paths for text to the current path. The generated path, if 2887 * filled, achieves an effect similar to that of CairoContext::showText. 2888 * 2889 * Text conversion and positioning is done similar to 2890 * CairoContext::showText. 2891 * 2892 * Like CairoContext::showText, after this call the current point is 2893 * moved to the origin of where the next glyph would be placed in this 2894 * same progression. That is, the current point will be at the origin of 2895 * the final glyph offset by its advance values. This allows for chaining 2896 * multiple calls to CairoContext::showText without having to set current 2897 * point in between. 2898 * 2899 * Note: The CairoContext::textPath function call is part of what the 2900 * cairo designers call the "toy" text API. It is convenient for short 2901 * demos and simple programs, but it is not expected to be adequate for 2902 * serious text-using applications. See CairoContext::glyphPath for the 2903 * "real" text path API in cairo. 2904 * 2905 * @param string $string A CairoContext object 2906 * @return void Description... 2907 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2908 **/ 2909 public function textPath($string){} 2910 2911 /** 2912 * The transform purpose 2913 * 2914 * @param CairoMatrix $matrix Description... 2915 * @return void Description... 2916 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2917 **/ 2918 public function transform($matrix){} 2919 2920 /** 2921 * The translate purpose 2922 * 2923 * @param float $x Description... 2924 * @param float $y Description... 2925 * @return void Description... 2926 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2927 **/ 2928 public function translate($x, $y){} 2929 2930 /** 2931 * The userToDevice purpose 2932 * 2933 * @param float $x Description... 2934 * @param float $y Description... 2935 * @return array Description... 2936 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2937 **/ 2938 public function userToDevice($x, $y){} 2939 2940 /** 2941 * The userToDeviceDistance purpose 2942 * 2943 * @param float $x Description... 2944 * @param float $y Description... 2945 * @return array Description... 2946 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2947 **/ 2948 public function userToDeviceDistance($x, $y){} 2949 2950 /** 2951 * Creates a new CairoContext 2952 * 2953 * Creates a new CairoContext object to draw 2954 * 2955 * @param CairoSurface $surface A valid CairoSurface like 2956 * CairoImageSurface or CairoPdfSurface 2957 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 2958 **/ 2959 public function __construct($surface){} 2960 2961 } 2962 /** 2963 * Exception class thrown by Cairo functions and methods 2964 **/ 2965 class CairoException extends Exception { 2966 } 2967 class CairoExtend { 2968 /** 2969 * @var integer 2970 **/ 2971 const NONE = 0; 2972 2973 /** 2974 * @var integer 2975 **/ 2976 const PAD = 0; 2977 2978 /** 2979 * @var integer 2980 **/ 2981 const REFLECT = 0; 2982 2983 /** 2984 * @var integer 2985 **/ 2986 const REPEAT = 0; 2987 2988 } 2989 /** 2990 * A CairoFillRule is used to select how paths are filled. For both fill 2991 * rules, whether or not a point is included in the fill is determined by 2992 * taking a ray from that point to infinity and looking at intersections 2993 * with the path. The ray can be in any direction, as long as it doesn't 2994 * pass through the end point of a segment or have a tricky intersection 2995 * such as intersecting tangent to the path. (Note that filling is not 2996 * actually implemented in this way. This is just a description of the 2997 * rule that is applied.) The default fill rule is 2998 * CairoFillRule::WINDING. 2999 **/ 3000 class CairoFillRule { 3001 /** 3002 * @var integer 3003 **/ 3004 const EVEN_ODD = 0; 3005 3006 /** 3007 * If the path crosses the ray from left-to-right, counts +1. If the path 3008 * crosses the ray from right to left, counts -1. (Left and right are 3009 * determined from the perspective of looking along the ray from the 3010 * starting point.) If the total count is non-zero, the point will be 3011 * filled. 3012 * 3013 * @var integer 3014 **/ 3015 const WINDING = 0; 3016 3017 } 3018 /** 3019 * A CairoFilter is used to indicate what filtering should be applied 3020 * when reading pixel values from patterns. See CairoPattern::setSource 3021 * or {@link cairo_pattern_set_source} for indicating the desired filter 3022 * to be used with a particular pattern. 3023 **/ 3024 class CairoFilter { 3025 /** 3026 * The highest-quality available, performance may not be suitable for 3027 * interactive use. 3028 * 3029 * @var integer 3030 **/ 3031 const BEST = 0; 3032 3033 /** 3034 * Linear interpolation in two dimensions 3035 * 3036 * @var integer 3037 **/ 3038 const BILINEAR = 0; 3039 3040 /** 3041 * A high-performance filter, with quality similar to 3042 * CairoFilter::NEAREST 3043 * 3044 * @var integer 3045 **/ 3046 const FAST = 0; 3047 3048 /** 3049 * This filter value is currently unimplemented, and should not be used 3050 * in current code. 3051 * 3052 * @var integer 3053 **/ 3054 const GAUSSIAN = 0; 3055 3056 /** 3057 * A reasonable-performance filter, with quality similar to 3058 * CairoFilter::BILINEAR 3059 * 3060 * @var integer 3061 **/ 3062 const GOOD = 0; 3063 3064 /** 3065 * Nearest-neighbor filtering 3066 * 3067 * @var integer 3068 **/ 3069 const NEAREST = 0; 3070 3071 } 3072 /** 3073 * CairoFontFace abstract class represents a particular font at a 3074 * particular weight, slant, and other characteristic but no 3075 * transformation or size. Note: This class can not be instantiated 3076 * directly, it is created by CairoContext::getFontFace or {@link 3077 * cairo_scaled_font_get_font_face}. 3078 **/ 3079 class CairoFontFace { 3080 /** 3081 * Retrieves the font face type 3082 * 3083 * This function returns the type of the backend used to create a font 3084 * face. See CairoFontType class constants for available types. 3085 * 3086 * @return int A font type that can be any one defined in CairoFontType 3087 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3088 **/ 3089 public function getType(){} 3090 3091 /** 3092 * Check for CairoFontFace errors 3093 * 3094 * Checks whether an error has previously occurred for this font face 3095 * 3096 * @return int CAIRO_STATUS_SUCCESS or another error such as 3097 * CAIRO_STATUS_NO_MEMORY. 3098 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3099 **/ 3100 public function status(){} 3101 3102 /** 3103 * Creates a new CairoFontFace object 3104 * 3105 * CairoFontFace class represents a particular font at a particular 3106 * weight, slant, and other characteristic but no transformation or size. 3107 * 3108 * Note: This class can't be instantiated directly it is created by 3109 * CairoContext::getFontFace or {@link cairo_scaled_font_get_font_face} 3110 * 3111 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3112 **/ 3113 public function __construct(){} 3114 3115 } 3116 /** 3117 * An opaque structure holding all options that are used when rendering 3118 * fonts. Individual features of a cairo_font_options_t can be set or 3119 * accessed using functions named cairo_font_options_set_feature_name and 3120 * cairo_font_options_get_feature_name, like 3121 * cairo_font_options_set_antialias() and 3122 * cairo_font_options_get_antialias(). New features may be added to 3123 * CairoFontOptions in the future. For this reason 3124 * CairoFontOptions::copy, CairoFontOptions::equal, 3125 * CairoFontOptions::merge, CairoFontOptions::hash 3126 * (cairo_font_options_copy(), cairo_font_options_equal(), 3127 * cairo_font_options_merge(), and cairo_font_options_hash() in 3128 * procedural way) should be used to copy, check for equality, merge, or 3129 * compute a hash value of CairoFontOptions objects. 3130 **/ 3131 class CairoFontOptions { 3132 /** 3133 * The equal purpose 3134 * 3135 * The method description goes here. 3136 * 3137 * @param CairoFontOptions $other Description... 3138 * @return bool Description... 3139 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3140 **/ 3141 public function equal($other){} 3142 3143 /** 3144 * The getAntialias purpose 3145 * 3146 * @return int Description... 3147 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3148 **/ 3149 public function getAntialias(){} 3150 3151 /** 3152 * The getHintMetrics purpose 3153 * 3154 * The method description goes here. 3155 * 3156 * @return int Description... 3157 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3158 **/ 3159 public function getHintMetrics(){} 3160 3161 /** 3162 * The getHintStyle purpose 3163 * 3164 * The method description goes here. 3165 * 3166 * @return int Description... 3167 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3168 **/ 3169 public function getHintStyle(){} 3170 3171 /** 3172 * The getSubpixelOrder purpose 3173 * 3174 * The method description goes here. 3175 * 3176 * @return int Description... 3177 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3178 **/ 3179 public function getSubpixelOrder(){} 3180 3181 /** 3182 * The hash purpose 3183 * 3184 * The method description goes here. 3185 * 3186 * @return int Description... 3187 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3188 **/ 3189 public function hash(){} 3190 3191 /** 3192 * The merge purpose 3193 * 3194 * The method description goes here. 3195 * 3196 * @param CairoFontOptions $other Description... 3197 * @return void Description... 3198 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3199 **/ 3200 public function merge($other){} 3201 3202 /** 3203 * The setAntialias purpose 3204 * 3205 * @param int $antialias Description... 3206 * @return void Description... 3207 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3208 **/ 3209 public function setAntialias($antialias){} 3210 3211 /** 3212 * The setHintMetrics purpose 3213 * 3214 * The method description goes here. 3215 * 3216 * @param int $hint_metrics Description... 3217 * @return void Description... 3218 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3219 **/ 3220 public function setHintMetrics($hint_metrics){} 3221 3222 /** 3223 * The setHintStyle purpose 3224 * 3225 * The method description goes here. 3226 * 3227 * @param int $hint_style Description... 3228 * @return void Description... 3229 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3230 **/ 3231 public function setHintStyle($hint_style){} 3232 3233 /** 3234 * The setSubpixelOrder purpose 3235 * 3236 * The method description goes here. 3237 * 3238 * @param int $subpixel_order Description... 3239 * @return void Description... 3240 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3241 **/ 3242 public function setSubpixelOrder($subpixel_order){} 3243 3244 /** 3245 * The status purpose 3246 * 3247 * @return int Description... 3248 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3249 **/ 3250 public function status(){} 3251 3252 /** 3253 * The __construct purpose 3254 * 3255 * The method description goes here. 3256 * 3257 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3258 **/ 3259 public function __construct(){} 3260 3261 } 3262 /** 3263 * Specifies variants of a font face based on their slant. 3264 **/ 3265 class CairoFontSlant { 3266 /** 3267 * Italic font style 3268 * 3269 * @var integer 3270 **/ 3271 const ITALIC = 0; 3272 3273 /** 3274 * Upright font style 3275 * 3276 * @var integer 3277 **/ 3278 const NORMAL = 0; 3279 3280 /** 3281 * Oblique font style 3282 * 3283 * @var integer 3284 **/ 3285 const OBLIQUE = 0; 3286 3287 } 3288 /** 3289 * CairoFontType class is an abstract final class that contains constants 3290 * used to describe the type of a given CairoFontFace or CairoScaledFont. 3291 * The font types are also known as "font backends" within cairo. The 3292 * type of a CairoFontFace is determined by the how it is created, an 3293 * example would be the CairoToyFontFace::__construct. The CairoFontFace 3294 * type can be queried with CairoFontFace::getType or {@link 3295 * cairo_font_face_get_type} The various CairoFontFace functions can be 3296 * used with a font face of any type. The type of a CairoScaledFont is 3297 * determined by the type of the CairoFontFace passed to 3298 * CairoScaledFont::__construct or {@link cairo_scaled_font_create}. The 3299 * scaled font type can be queried with CairoScaledFont::getType or 3300 * {@link cairo_scaled_font_get_type}. 3301 **/ 3302 class CairoFontType { 3303 /** 3304 * The font is of type CairoFreeType 3305 * 3306 * @var integer 3307 **/ 3308 const FT = 0; 3309 3310 /** 3311 * The font is of type Quartz 3312 * 3313 * @var integer 3314 **/ 3315 const QUARTZ = 0; 3316 3317 /** 3318 * The font was created using CairoToyFont api 3319 * 3320 * @var integer 3321 **/ 3322 const TOY = 0; 3323 3324 /** 3325 * The font was create using cairo's user font api 3326 * 3327 * @var mixed 3328 **/ 3329 const USER = 0; 3330 3331 /** 3332 * The font is of type Win32 3333 * 3334 * @var integer 3335 **/ 3336 const WIN32 = 0; 3337 3338 } 3339 /** 3340 * Specifies variants of a font face based on their weight. 3341 **/ 3342 class CairoFontWeight { 3343 /** 3344 * Bold font weight 3345 * 3346 * @var integer 3347 **/ 3348 const BOLD = 0; 3349 3350 /** 3351 * Normal font weight 3352 * 3353 * @var integer 3354 **/ 3355 const NORMAL = 0; 3356 3357 } 3358 /** 3359 * CairoFormat enums are used to identify the memory format of the image 3360 * data. 3361 **/ 3362 class CairoFormat { 3363 /** 3364 * Each pixel is a 1-bit quantity holding an alpha value. Pixels are 3365 * packed together into 32-bit quantities. The ordering of the bits 3366 * matches the endianness of the platform. On a big-endian machine, the 3367 * first pixel is in the uppermost bit, on a little-endian machine the 3368 * first pixel is in the least-significant bit. 3369 * 3370 * @var integer 3371 **/ 3372 const A1 = 0; 3373 3374 /** 3375 * Each pixel is a 8-bit quantity holding an alpha value. 3376 * 3377 * @var integer 3378 **/ 3379 const A8 = 0; 3380 3381 /** 3382 * Each pixel is a 32-bit quantity, with alpha in the upper 8 bits, then 3383 * red, then green, then blue. The 32-bit quantities are stored 3384 * native-endian. Pre-multiplied alpha is used. (That is, 50% transparent 3385 * red is 0x80800000, not 0x80ff0000.) 3386 * 3387 * @var integer 3388 **/ 3389 const ARGB32 = 0; 3390 3391 /** 3392 * Each pixel is a 32-bit quantity, with the upper 8 bits unused. Red, 3393 * Green, and Blue are stored in the remaining 24 bits in that order. 3394 * 3395 * @var integer 3396 **/ 3397 const RGB24 = 0; 3398 3399 /** 3400 * Provides an appropriate stride to use 3401 * 3402 * This method provides a stride value that will respect all alignment 3403 * requirements of the accelerated image-rendering code within cairo. 3404 * 3405 * @param int $format The desired CairoFormat to use 3406 * @param int $width The width of the image 3407 * @return int The appropriate stride to use given the desired format 3408 * and width, or -1 if either the format is invalid or the width too 3409 * large. 3410 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3411 **/ 3412 public static function strideForWidth($format, $width){} 3413 3414 } 3415 /** 3416 * CairoGradientPattern is an abstract base class from which other 3417 * Pattern classes derive. It cannot be instantiated directly. 3418 **/ 3419 class CairoGradientPattern extends CairoPattern { 3420 /** 3421 * The addColorStopRgb purpose 3422 * 3423 * The method description goes here. 3424 * 3425 * @param float $offset Description... 3426 * @param float $red Description... 3427 * @param float $green Description... 3428 * @param float $blue Description... 3429 * @return void Description... 3430 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3431 **/ 3432 public function addColorStopRgb($offset, $red, $green, $blue){} 3433 3434 /** 3435 * The addColorStopRgba purpose 3436 * 3437 * The method description goes here. 3438 * 3439 * @param float $offset Description... 3440 * @param float $red Description... 3441 * @param float $green Description... 3442 * @param float $blue Description... 3443 * @param float $alpha Description... 3444 * @return void Description... 3445 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3446 **/ 3447 public function addColorStopRgba($offset, $red, $green, $blue, $alpha){} 3448 3449 /** 3450 * The getColorStopCount purpose 3451 * 3452 * The method description goes here. 3453 * 3454 * @return int Description... 3455 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3456 **/ 3457 public function getColorStopCount(){} 3458 3459 /** 3460 * The getColorStopRgba purpose 3461 * 3462 * The method description goes here. 3463 * 3464 * @param int $index Description... 3465 * @return array Description... 3466 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3467 **/ 3468 public function getColorStopRgba($index){} 3469 3470 /** 3471 * The getExtend purpose 3472 * 3473 * The method description goes here. 3474 * 3475 * @return int Description... 3476 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3477 **/ 3478 public function getExtend(){} 3479 3480 /** 3481 * The setExtend purpose 3482 * 3483 * The method description goes here. 3484 * 3485 * @param int $extend Description... 3486 * @return void Description... 3487 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3488 **/ 3489 public function setExtend($extend){} 3490 3491 } 3492 /** 3493 * Specifies whether to hint font metrics; hinting font metrics means 3494 * quantizing them so that they are integer values in device space. Doing 3495 * this improves the consistency of letter and line spacing, however it 3496 * also means that text will be laid out differently at different zoom 3497 * factors. 3498 **/ 3499 class CairoHintMetrics { 3500 /** 3501 * @var integer 3502 **/ 3503 const METRICS_DEFAULT = 0; 3504 3505 /** 3506 * @var integer 3507 **/ 3508 const METRICS_OFF = 0; 3509 3510 /** 3511 * @var integer 3512 **/ 3513 const METRICS_ON = 0; 3514 3515 } 3516 /** 3517 * Specifies the type of hinting to do on font outlines. Hinting is the 3518 * process of fitting outlines to the pixel grid in order to improve the 3519 * appearance of the result. Since hinting outlines involves distorting 3520 * them, it also reduces the faithfulness to the original outline shapes. 3521 * Not all of the outline hinting styles are supported by all font 3522 * backends. 3523 **/ 3524 class CairoHintStyle { 3525 /** 3526 * @var integer 3527 **/ 3528 const STYLE_DEFAULT = 0; 3529 3530 /** 3531 * @var integer 3532 **/ 3533 const STYLE_FULL = 0; 3534 3535 /** 3536 * @var integer 3537 **/ 3538 const STYLE_MEDIUM = 0; 3539 3540 /** 3541 * @var integer 3542 **/ 3543 const STYLE_NONE = 0; 3544 3545 /** 3546 * @var integer 3547 **/ 3548 const STYLE_SLIGHT = 0; 3549 3550 } 3551 /** 3552 * CairoImageSurface provide the ability to render to memory buffers 3553 * either allocated by cairo or by the calling code. The supported image 3554 * formats are those defined in CairoFormat. 3555 **/ 3556 class CairoImageSurface extends CairoSurface { 3557 /** 3558 * The createForData purpose 3559 * 3560 * The method description goes here. 3561 * 3562 * @param string $data Description... 3563 * @param int $format Description... 3564 * @param int $width Description... 3565 * @param int $height Description... 3566 * @return void Description... 3567 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3568 **/ 3569 public static function createForData($data, $format, $width, $height){} 3570 3571 /** 3572 * Creates a new CairoImageSurface form a png image file 3573 * 3574 * This method should be called static 3575 * 3576 * @param string $file Path to PNG image file 3577 * @return CairoImageSurface CairoImageSurface object 3578 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3579 **/ 3580 public static function createFromPng($file){} 3581 3582 /** 3583 * Gets the image data as string 3584 * 3585 * Returns the image data of this surface or NULL if surface is not an 3586 * image surface, or if CairoContext::finish, procedural : {@link 3587 * cairo_surface_finish}, has been called. 3588 * 3589 * @return string The image data as string 3590 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3591 **/ 3592 public function getData(){} 3593 3594 /** 3595 * Get the image format 3596 * 3597 * Retrieves the image format, as one of the CairoFormat defined 3598 * 3599 * @return int One of the CairoFormat enums 3600 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3601 **/ 3602 public function getFormat(){} 3603 3604 /** 3605 * Retrieves the height of the CairoImageSurface 3606 * 3607 * This methods returns the CairoImageSurface height. 3608 * 3609 * @return int CairoImageSurface object height 3610 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3611 **/ 3612 public function getHeight(){} 3613 3614 /** 3615 * The getStride purpose 3616 * 3617 * The method description goes here. 3618 * 3619 * @return int Description... 3620 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3621 **/ 3622 public function getStride(){} 3623 3624 /** 3625 * Retrieves the width of the CairoImageSurface 3626 * 3627 * Gets the width of the CairoImageSurface 3628 * 3629 * @return int Returns the width of the CairoImageSurface object 3630 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3631 **/ 3632 public function getWidth(){} 3633 3634 /** 3635 * Creates a new CairoImageSurface 3636 * 3637 * Creates a new CairoImageSuface object of type {@link format} 3638 * 3639 * @param int $format Can be any defined in CairoFormat 3640 * @param int $width The width of the image surface 3641 * @param int $height The height of the image surface 3642 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3643 **/ 3644 public function __construct($format, $width, $height){} 3645 3646 } 3647 /** 3648 * Create a new CairoLinearGradient along the line defined 3649 **/ 3650 class CairoLinearGradient extends CairoGradientPattern { 3651 /** 3652 * The getPoints purpose 3653 * 3654 * The method description goes here. 3655 * 3656 * @return array Description... 3657 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3658 **/ 3659 public function getPoints(){} 3660 3661 /** 3662 * The __construct purpose 3663 * 3664 * The method description goes here. 3665 * 3666 * @param float $x0 Description... 3667 * @param float $y0 Description... 3668 * @param float $x1 Description... 3669 * @param float $y1 Description... 3670 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3671 **/ 3672 public function __construct($x0, $y0, $x1, $y1){} 3673 3674 } 3675 /** 3676 * Specifies how to render the endpoints of the path when stroking. The 3677 * default line cap style is CairoLineCap::BUTT. 3678 **/ 3679 class CairoLineCap { 3680 /** 3681 * Start(stop) the line exactly at the start(end) point 3682 * 3683 * @var integer 3684 **/ 3685 const BUTT = 0; 3686 3687 /** 3688 * Use a round ending, the center of the circle is the end point 3689 * 3690 * @var integer 3691 **/ 3692 const ROUND = 0; 3693 3694 /** 3695 * Use squared ending, the center of the square is the end point 3696 * 3697 * @var integer 3698 **/ 3699 const SQUARE = 0; 3700 3701 } 3702 class CairoLineJoin { 3703 /** 3704 * @var integer 3705 **/ 3706 const BEVEL = 0; 3707 3708 /** 3709 * @var integer 3710 **/ 3711 const MITER = 0; 3712 3713 /** 3714 * @var integer 3715 **/ 3716 const ROUND = 0; 3717 3718 } 3719 /** 3720 * Matrices are used throughout cairo to convert between different 3721 * coordinate spaces. 3722 **/ 3723 class CairoMatrix { 3724 /** 3725 * Creates a new identity matrix 3726 * 3727 * Creates a new matrix that is an identity transformation. An identity 3728 * transformation means the source data is copied into the destination 3729 * data without change 3730 * 3731 * @return void Returns a new CairoMatrix object that can be used with 3732 * surfaces, contexts, and patterns. 3733 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3734 **/ 3735 public static function initIdentity(){} 3736 3737 /** 3738 * Creates a new rotated matrix 3739 * 3740 * Creates a new matrix to a transformation that rotates by radians 3741 * provided 3742 * 3743 * @param float $radians angle of rotation, in radians. The direction 3744 * of rotation is defined such that positive angles rotate in the 3745 * direction from the positive X axis toward the positive Y axis. With 3746 * the default axis orientation of cairo, positive angles rotate in a 3747 * clockwise direction. 3748 * @return void Returns a new CairoMatrix object that can be used with 3749 * surfaces, contexts, and patterns. 3750 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3751 **/ 3752 public static function initRotate($radians){} 3753 3754 /** 3755 * Creates a new scaling matrix 3756 * 3757 * Creates a new matrix to a transformation that scales by sx and sy in 3758 * the X and Y dimensions, respectively. 3759 * 3760 * @param float $sx scale factor in the X direction 3761 * @param float $sy scale factor in the Y direction 3762 * @return void Returns a new CairoMatrix object that can be used with 3763 * surfaces, contexts, and patterns. 3764 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3765 **/ 3766 public static function initScale($sx, $sy){} 3767 3768 /** 3769 * Creates a new translation matrix 3770 * 3771 * Creates a new matrix to a transformation that translates by tx and ty 3772 * in the X and Y dimensions, respectively. 3773 * 3774 * @param float $tx amount to translate in the X direction 3775 * @param float $ty amount to translate in the Y direction 3776 * @return void Returns a new CairoMatrix object that can be used with 3777 * surfaces, contexts, and patterns. 3778 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3779 **/ 3780 public static function initTranslate($tx, $ty){} 3781 3782 /** 3783 * The invert purpose 3784 * 3785 * The method description goes here. 3786 * 3787 * @return void Description... 3788 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3789 **/ 3790 public function invert(){} 3791 3792 /** 3793 * The multiply purpose 3794 * 3795 * The method description goes here. 3796 * 3797 * @param CairoMatrix $matrix1 Description... 3798 * @param CairoMatrix $matrix2 Description... 3799 * @return CairoMatrix Description... 3800 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3801 **/ 3802 public static function multiply($matrix1, $matrix2){} 3803 3804 /** 3805 * The rotate purpose 3806 * 3807 * @param float $radians Description... 3808 * @return void Description... 3809 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3810 **/ 3811 public function rotate($radians){} 3812 3813 /** 3814 * Applies scaling to a matrix 3815 * 3816 * Applies scaling by sx, sy to the transformation in the matrix. The 3817 * effect of the new transformation is to first scale the coordinates by 3818 * sx and sy, then apply the original transformation to the coordinates. 3819 * 3820 * @param float $sx Procedural only - CairoMatrix instance 3821 * @param float $sy scale factor in the X direction 3822 * @return void 3823 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3824 **/ 3825 public function scale($sx, $sy){} 3826 3827 /** 3828 * The transformDistance purpose 3829 * 3830 * The method description goes here. 3831 * 3832 * @param float $dx Description... 3833 * @param float $dy Description... 3834 * @return array Description... 3835 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3836 **/ 3837 public function transformDistance($dx, $dy){} 3838 3839 /** 3840 * The transformPoint purpose 3841 * 3842 * The method description goes here. 3843 * 3844 * @param float $dx Description... 3845 * @param float $dy Description... 3846 * @return array Description... 3847 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3848 **/ 3849 public function transformPoint($dx, $dy){} 3850 3851 /** 3852 * The translate purpose 3853 * 3854 * @param float $tx Description... 3855 * @param float $ty Description... 3856 * @return void Description... 3857 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3858 **/ 3859 public function translate($tx, $ty){} 3860 3861 /** 3862 * Creates a new CairoMatrix object 3863 * 3864 * Returns new CairoMatrix object. Matrices are used throughout cairo to 3865 * convert between different coordinate spaces. Sets matrix to be the 3866 * affine transformation given by xx, yx, xy, yy, x0, y0. The 3867 * transformation is given by: x_new = xx * x + xy * y + x0; and y_new = 3868 * yx * x + yy * y + y0; 3869 * 3870 * @param float $xx xx component of the affine transformation 3871 * @param float $yx yx component of the affine transformation 3872 * @param float $xy xy component of the affine transformation 3873 * @param float $yy yy component of the affine transformation 3874 * @param float $x0 X translation component of the affine 3875 * transformation 3876 * @param float $y0 Y translation component of the affine 3877 * transformation 3878 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 3879 **/ 3880 public function __construct($xx, $yx, $xy, $yy, $x0, $y0){} 3881 3882 } 3883 /** 3884 * This is used to set the compositing operator for all cairo drawing 3885 * operations. The default operator is CairoOperator::OVER The operators 3886 * marked as unbounded modify their destination even outside of the mask 3887 * layer (that is, their effect is not bound by the mask layer). However, 3888 * their effect can still be limited by way of clipping. To keep things 3889 * simple, the operator descriptions here document the behavior for when 3890 * both source and destination are either fully transparent or fully 3891 * opaque. The actual implementation works for translucent layers too. 3892 * For a more detailed explanation of the effects of each operator, 3893 * including the mathematical definitions, see 3894 * http://cairographics.org/operators/. 3895 **/ 3896 class CairoOperator { 3897 /** 3898 * Source and destination layers are accumulated 3899 * 3900 * @var integer 3901 **/ 3902 const ADD = 0; 3903 3904 /** 3905 * Draw source on top of destination content and only there 3906 * 3907 * @var integer 3908 **/ 3909 const ATOP = 0; 3910 3911 /** 3912 * Clear destination layer (bounded) 3913 * 3914 * @var integer 3915 **/ 3916 const CLEAR = 0; 3917 3918 /** 3919 * Ignore the source 3920 * 3921 * @var integer 3922 **/ 3923 const DEST = 0; 3924 3925 /** 3926 * @var integer 3927 **/ 3928 const DEST_ATOP = 0; 3929 3930 /** 3931 * @var integer 3932 **/ 3933 const DEST_IN = 0; 3934 3935 /** 3936 * @var integer 3937 **/ 3938 const DEST_OUT = 0; 3939 3940 /** 3941 * @var integer 3942 **/ 3943 const DEST_OVER = 0; 3944 3945 /** 3946 * Draw source where there was destination content (unbounded) 3947 * 3948 * @var integer 3949 **/ 3950 const IN = 0; 3951 3952 /** 3953 * Draw source where there was no destination content (unbounded) 3954 * 3955 * @var integer 3956 **/ 3957 const OUT = 0; 3958 3959 /** 3960 * Draw source layer on top of destination layer (bounded) 3961 * 3962 * @var integer 3963 **/ 3964 const OVER = 0; 3965 3966 /** 3967 * Like CairoOperator::OVER, but assuming source and dest are disjoint 3968 * geometries 3969 * 3970 * @var integer 3971 **/ 3972 const SATURATE = 0; 3973 3974 /** 3975 * Replace destination layer (bounded) 3976 * 3977 * @var integer 3978 **/ 3979 const SOURCE = 0; 3980 3981 /** 3982 * Source and destination are shown where there is only one of them 3983 * 3984 * @var integer 3985 **/ 3986 const XOR = 0; 3987 3988 } 3989 /** 3990 * Note: CairoPath class cannot be instantiated directly, doing so will 3991 * result in Fatal Error if used or passed 3992 **/ 3993 class CairoPath { 3994 } 3995 /** 3996 * CairoPattern is the abstract base class from which all the other 3997 * pattern classes derive. It cannot be instantiated directly 3998 **/ 3999 class CairoPattern { 4000 /** 4001 * The getMatrix purpose 4002 * 4003 * @return void Description... 4004 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4005 **/ 4006 public function getMatrix(){} 4007 4008 /** 4009 * The getType purpose 4010 * 4011 * The method description goes here. 4012 * 4013 * @return int Description... 4014 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4015 **/ 4016 public function getType(){} 4017 4018 /** 4019 * The setMatrix purpose 4020 * 4021 * @param CairoMatrix $matrix Description... 4022 * @return void Description... 4023 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4024 **/ 4025 public function setMatrix($matrix){} 4026 4027 /** 4028 * The status purpose 4029 * 4030 * @return int Description... 4031 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4032 **/ 4033 public function status(){} 4034 4035 /** 4036 * The __construct purpose 4037 * 4038 * The method description goes here. 4039 * 4040 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4041 **/ 4042 public function __construct(){} 4043 4044 } 4045 /** 4046 * CairoPatternType is used to describe the type of a given pattern. The 4047 * type of a pattern is determined by the function used to create it. The 4048 * {@link cairo_pattern_create_rgb} and {@link cairo_pattern_create_rgba} 4049 * functions create CairoPatternType::SOLID patterns. The remaining 4050 * cairo_pattern_create_* functions map to pattern types in obvious ways. 4051 **/ 4052 class CairoPatternType { 4053 /** 4054 * The pattern is a linear gradient. 4055 * 4056 * @var integer 4057 **/ 4058 const LINEAR = 0; 4059 4060 /** 4061 * The pattern is a radial gradient. 4062 * 4063 * @var integer 4064 **/ 4065 const RADIAL = 0; 4066 4067 /** 4068 * The pattern is a solid (uniform) color. It may be opaque or 4069 * translucent. 4070 * 4071 * @var integer 4072 **/ 4073 const SOLID = 0; 4074 4075 /** 4076 * The pattern is a based on a surface (an image). 4077 * 4078 * @var integer 4079 **/ 4080 const SURFACE = 0; 4081 4082 } 4083 class CairoPdfSurface extends CairoSurface { 4084 /** 4085 * The setSize purpose 4086 * 4087 * The method description goes here. 4088 * 4089 * @param float $width Description... 4090 * @param float $height Description... 4091 * @return void Description... 4092 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4093 **/ 4094 public function setSize($width, $height){} 4095 4096 /** 4097 * The __construct purpose 4098 * 4099 * The method description goes here. 4100 * 4101 * @param string $file Description... 4102 * @param float $width Description... 4103 * @param float $height Description... 4104 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4105 **/ 4106 public function __construct($file, $width, $height){} 4107 4108 } 4109 class CairoPsLevel { 4110 /** 4111 * @var integer 4112 **/ 4113 const LEVEL_2 = 0; 4114 4115 /** 4116 * @var integer 4117 **/ 4118 const LEVEL_3 = 0; 4119 4120 } 4121 class CairoPsSurface extends CairoSurface { 4122 /** 4123 * The dscBeginPageSetup purpose 4124 * 4125 * The method description goes here. 4126 * 4127 * @return void Description... 4128 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4129 **/ 4130 public function dscBeginPageSetup(){} 4131 4132 /** 4133 * The dscBeginSetup purpose 4134 * 4135 * The method description goes here. 4136 * 4137 * @return void Description... 4138 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4139 **/ 4140 public function dscBeginSetup(){} 4141 4142 /** 4143 * The dscComment purpose 4144 * 4145 * The method description goes here. 4146 * 4147 * @param string $comment Description... 4148 * @return void Description... 4149 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4150 **/ 4151 public function dscComment($comment){} 4152 4153 /** 4154 * The getEps purpose 4155 * 4156 * The method description goes here. 4157 * 4158 * @return bool Description... 4159 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4160 **/ 4161 public function getEps(){} 4162 4163 /** 4164 * The getLevels purpose 4165 * 4166 * The method description goes here. 4167 * 4168 * @return array Description... 4169 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4170 **/ 4171 public static function getLevels(){} 4172 4173 /** 4174 * The levelToString purpose 4175 * 4176 * The method description goes here. 4177 * 4178 * @param int $level Description... 4179 * @return string Description... 4180 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4181 **/ 4182 public static function levelToString($level){} 4183 4184 /** 4185 * The restrictToLevel purpose 4186 * 4187 * The method description goes here. 4188 * 4189 * @param int $level Description... 4190 * @return void Description... 4191 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4192 **/ 4193 public function restrictToLevel($level){} 4194 4195 /** 4196 * The setEps purpose 4197 * 4198 * The method description goes here. 4199 * 4200 * @param bool $level Description... 4201 * @return void Description... 4202 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4203 **/ 4204 public function setEps($level){} 4205 4206 /** 4207 * The setSize purpose 4208 * 4209 * The method description goes here. 4210 * 4211 * @param float $width Description... 4212 * @param float $height Description... 4213 * @return void Description... 4214 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4215 **/ 4216 public function setSize($width, $height){} 4217 4218 /** 4219 * The __construct purpose 4220 * 4221 * The method description goes here. 4222 * 4223 * @param string $file Description... 4224 * @param float $width Description... 4225 * @param float $height Description... 4226 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4227 **/ 4228 public function __construct($file, $width, $height){} 4229 4230 } 4231 class CairoRadialGradient extends CairoGradientPattern { 4232 /** 4233 * The getCircles purpose 4234 * 4235 * The method description goes here. 4236 * 4237 * @return array Description... 4238 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4239 **/ 4240 public function getCircles(){} 4241 4242 /** 4243 * The __construct purpose 4244 * 4245 * Creates a new radial gradient CairoPattern between the two circles 4246 * defined by (x0, y0, r0) and (x1, y1, r1). Before using the gradient 4247 * pattern, a number of color stops should be defined using 4248 * CairoRadialGradient::addColorStopRgb or 4249 * CairoRadialGradient::addColorStopRgba. 4250 * 4251 * Note: The coordinates here are in pattern space. For a new pattern, 4252 * pattern space is identical to user space, but the relationship between 4253 * the spaces can be changed with CairoRadialGradient::setMatrix. 4254 * 4255 * @param float $x0 x coordinate for the center of the start circle. 4256 * @param float $y0 y coordinate for the center of the start circle. 4257 * @param float $r0 radius of the start circle. 4258 * @param float $x1 x coordinate for the center of the end circle. 4259 * @param float $y1 y coordinate for the center of the end circle. 4260 * @param float $r1 radius of the end circle. 4261 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4262 **/ 4263 public function __construct($x0, $y0, $r0, $x1, $y1, $r1){} 4264 4265 } 4266 class CairoScaledFont { 4267 /** 4268 * The extents purpose 4269 * 4270 * The method description goes here. 4271 * 4272 * @return array Description... 4273 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4274 **/ 4275 public function extents(){} 4276 4277 /** 4278 * The getCtm purpose 4279 * 4280 * The method description goes here. 4281 * 4282 * @return CairoMatrix Description... 4283 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4284 **/ 4285 public function getCtm(){} 4286 4287 /** 4288 * The getFontFace purpose 4289 * 4290 * @return void Description... 4291 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4292 **/ 4293 public function getFontFace(){} 4294 4295 /** 4296 * The getFontMatrix purpose 4297 * 4298 * @return void Description... 4299 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4300 **/ 4301 public function getFontMatrix(){} 4302 4303 /** 4304 * The getFontOptions purpose 4305 * 4306 * @return void Description... 4307 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4308 **/ 4309 public function getFontOptions(){} 4310 4311 /** 4312 * The getScaleMatrix purpose 4313 * 4314 * The method description goes here. 4315 * 4316 * @return void Description... 4317 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4318 **/ 4319 public function getScaleMatrix(){} 4320 4321 /** 4322 * The getType purpose 4323 * 4324 * The method description goes here. 4325 * 4326 * @return int Description... 4327 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4328 **/ 4329 public function getType(){} 4330 4331 /** 4332 * The glyphExtents purpose 4333 * 4334 * The method description goes here. 4335 * 4336 * @param array $glyphs Description... 4337 * @return array Description... 4338 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4339 **/ 4340 public function glyphExtents($glyphs){} 4341 4342 /** 4343 * The status purpose 4344 * 4345 * @return int Description... 4346 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4347 **/ 4348 public function status(){} 4349 4350 /** 4351 * The textExtents purpose 4352 * 4353 * @param string $text Description... 4354 * @return array Description... 4355 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4356 **/ 4357 public function textExtents($text){} 4358 4359 /** 4360 * The __construct purpose 4361 * 4362 * The method description goes here. 4363 * 4364 * @param CairoFontFace $font_face Description... 4365 * @param CairoMatrix $matrix Description... 4366 * @param CairoMatrix $ctm Description... 4367 * @param CairoFontOptions $options Description... 4368 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4369 **/ 4370 public function __construct($font_face, $matrix, $ctm, $options){} 4371 4372 } 4373 class CairoSolidPattern extends CairoPattern { 4374 /** 4375 * The getRgba purpose 4376 * 4377 * The method description goes here. 4378 * 4379 * @return array Description... 4380 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4381 **/ 4382 public function getRgba(){} 4383 4384 /** 4385 * The __construct purpose 4386 * 4387 * The method description goes here. 4388 * 4389 * @param float $red Description... 4390 * @param float $green Description... 4391 * @param float $blue Description... 4392 * @param float $alpha Description... 4393 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4394 **/ 4395 public function __construct($red, $green, $blue, $alpha){} 4396 4397 } 4398 /** 4399 * CairoStatus is used to indicate errors that can occur when using 4400 * Cairo. In some cases it is returned directly by functions. but when 4401 * using CairoContext, the last error, if any, is stored in the object 4402 * and can be retrieved with CairoContext::status or {@link 4403 * cairo_status}. New entries may be added in future versions. Use 4404 * Cairo::statusToString or {@link cairo_status_to_string} to get a 4405 * human-readable representation of an error message. 4406 **/ 4407 class CairoStatus { 4408 /** 4409 * @var integer 4410 **/ 4411 const CLIP_NOT_REPRESENTABLE = 0; 4412 4413 /** 4414 * @var integer 4415 **/ 4416 const FILE_NOT_FOUND = 0; 4417 4418 /** 4419 * @var integer 4420 **/ 4421 const INVALID_CONTENT = 0; 4422 4423 /** 4424 * @var integer 4425 **/ 4426 const INVALID_DASH = 0; 4427 4428 /** 4429 * @var integer 4430 **/ 4431 const INVALID_DSC_COMMENT = 0; 4432 4433 /** 4434 * @var integer 4435 **/ 4436 const INVALID_FORMAT = 0; 4437 4438 /** 4439 * @var integer 4440 **/ 4441 const INVALID_INDEX = 0; 4442 4443 /** 4444 * @var integer 4445 **/ 4446 const INVALID_MATRIX = 0; 4447 4448 /** 4449 * @var integer 4450 **/ 4451 const INVALID_PATH_DATA = 0; 4452 4453 /** 4454 * @var integer 4455 **/ 4456 const INVALID_POP_GROUP = 0; 4457 4458 /** 4459 * @var integer 4460 **/ 4461 const INVALID_RESTORE = 0; 4462 4463 /** 4464 * @var integer 4465 **/ 4466 const INVALID_STATUS = 0; 4467 4468 /** 4469 * @var integer 4470 **/ 4471 const INVALID_STRIDE = 0; 4472 4473 /** 4474 * @var integer 4475 **/ 4476 const INVALID_STRING = 0; 4477 4478 /** 4479 * @var integer 4480 **/ 4481 const INVALID_VISUAL = 0; 4482 4483 /** 4484 * @var integer 4485 **/ 4486 const NO_CURRENT_POINT = 0; 4487 4488 /** 4489 * @var integer 4490 **/ 4491 const NO_MEMORY = 0; 4492 4493 /** 4494 * @var integer 4495 **/ 4496 const NULL_POINTER = 0; 4497 4498 /** 4499 * @var integer 4500 **/ 4501 const PATTERN_TYPE_MISMATCH = 0; 4502 4503 /** 4504 * @var integer 4505 **/ 4506 const READ_ERROR = 0; 4507 4508 /** 4509 * No error has occurred 4510 * 4511 * @var integer 4512 **/ 4513 const SUCCESS = 0; 4514 4515 /** 4516 * @var integer 4517 **/ 4518 const SURFACE_FINISHED = 0; 4519 4520 /** 4521 * @var integer 4522 **/ 4523 const SURFACE_TYPE_MISMATCH = 0; 4524 4525 /** 4526 * @var integer 4527 **/ 4528 const TEMP_FILE_ERROR = 0; 4529 4530 /** 4531 * @var integer 4532 **/ 4533 const WRITE_ERROR = 0; 4534 4535 } 4536 class CairoSubpixelOrder { 4537 /** 4538 * @var integer 4539 **/ 4540 const ORDER_BGR = 0; 4541 4542 /** 4543 * @var integer 4544 **/ 4545 const ORDER_DEFAULT = 0; 4546 4547 /** 4548 * @var integer 4549 **/ 4550 const ORDER_RGB = 0; 4551 4552 /** 4553 * @var integer 4554 **/ 4555 const ORDER_VBGR = 0; 4556 4557 /** 4558 * @var integer 4559 **/ 4560 const ORDER_VRGB = 0; 4561 4562 } 4563 /** 4564 * This is the base-class for all other Surface types. CairoSurface is 4565 * the abstract type representing all different drawing targets that 4566 * cairo can render to. The actual drawings are performed using a 4567 * CairoContext. 4568 **/ 4569 class CairoSurface { 4570 /** 4571 * The copyPage purpose 4572 * 4573 * Emits the current page for backends that support multiple pages, but 4574 * doesn't clear it, so that the contents of the current page will be 4575 * retained for the next page. Use CairoSurface::showPage() if you want 4576 * to get an empty page after the emission. 4577 * 4578 * @return void Description... 4579 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4580 **/ 4581 public function copyPage(){} 4582 4583 /** 4584 * The createSimilar purpose 4585 * 4586 * Create a new surface that is as compatible as possible with an 4587 * existing surface. For example the new surface will have the same 4588 * fallback resolution and font options as other. Generally, the new 4589 * surface will also use the same backend as other, unless that is not 4590 * possible for some reason. The type of the returned surface may be 4591 * examined with CairoSurface::getType(). Initially the surface contents 4592 * are all 0 (transparent if contents have transparency, black 4593 * otherwise.) 4594 * 4595 * @param CairoSurface $other An existing surface used to select the 4596 * backend of the new surface 4597 * @param int $content The content for the new surface. See the 4598 * CairoContent class for possible values. 4599 * @param string $width Width of the new surface, (in device-space 4600 * units). 4601 * @param string $height Height of the new surface, (in device-space 4602 * units). 4603 * @return void A new CairoSurface 4604 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4605 **/ 4606 public function createSimilar($other, $content, $width, $height){} 4607 4608 /** 4609 * The finish purpose 4610 * 4611 * The method description goes here. 4612 * 4613 * @return void Description... 4614 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4615 **/ 4616 public function finish(){} 4617 4618 /** 4619 * The flush purpose 4620 * 4621 * The method description goes here. 4622 * 4623 * @return void Description... 4624 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4625 **/ 4626 public function flush(){} 4627 4628 /** 4629 * The getContent purpose 4630 * 4631 * The method description goes here. 4632 * 4633 * @return int Description... 4634 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4635 **/ 4636 public function getContent(){} 4637 4638 /** 4639 * The getDeviceOffset purpose 4640 * 4641 * The method description goes here. 4642 * 4643 * @return array Description... 4644 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4645 **/ 4646 public function getDeviceOffset(){} 4647 4648 /** 4649 * The getFontOptions purpose 4650 * 4651 * @return void Description... 4652 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4653 **/ 4654 public function getFontOptions(){} 4655 4656 /** 4657 * The getType purpose 4658 * 4659 * The method description goes here. 4660 * 4661 * @return int Description... 4662 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4663 **/ 4664 public function getType(){} 4665 4666 /** 4667 * The markDirty purpose 4668 * 4669 * The method description goes here. 4670 * 4671 * @return void Description... 4672 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4673 **/ 4674 public function markDirty(){} 4675 4676 /** 4677 * The markDirtyRectangle purpose 4678 * 4679 * The method description goes here. 4680 * 4681 * @param float $x Description... 4682 * @param float $y Description... 4683 * @param float $width Description... 4684 * @param float $height Description... 4685 * @return void Description... 4686 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4687 **/ 4688 public function markDirtyRectangle($x, $y, $width, $height){} 4689 4690 /** 4691 * The setDeviceOffset purpose 4692 * 4693 * The method description goes here. 4694 * 4695 * @param float $x Description... 4696 * @param float $y Description... 4697 * @return void Description... 4698 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4699 **/ 4700 public function setDeviceOffset($x, $y){} 4701 4702 /** 4703 * The setFallbackResolution purpose 4704 * 4705 * The method description goes here. 4706 * 4707 * @param float $x Description... 4708 * @param float $y Description... 4709 * @return void Description... 4710 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4711 **/ 4712 public function setFallbackResolution($x, $y){} 4713 4714 /** 4715 * The showPage purpose 4716 * 4717 * @return void Description... 4718 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4719 **/ 4720 public function showPage(){} 4721 4722 /** 4723 * The status purpose 4724 * 4725 * @return int Description... 4726 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4727 **/ 4728 public function status(){} 4729 4730 /** 4731 * The writeToPng purpose 4732 * 4733 * The method description goes here. 4734 * 4735 * @param string $file Description... 4736 * @return void Description... 4737 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4738 **/ 4739 public function writeToPng($file){} 4740 4741 /** 4742 * The __construct purpose 4743 * 4744 * CairoSurface is an abstract type and, as such, should not be 4745 * instantiated in your PHP scripts. 4746 * 4747 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4748 **/ 4749 public function __construct(){} 4750 4751 } 4752 class CairoSurfacePattern extends CairoPattern { 4753 /** 4754 * The getExtend purpose 4755 * 4756 * The method description goes here. 4757 * 4758 * @return int Description... 4759 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4760 **/ 4761 public function getExtend(){} 4762 4763 /** 4764 * The getFilter purpose 4765 * 4766 * The method description goes here. 4767 * 4768 * @return int Description... 4769 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4770 **/ 4771 public function getFilter(){} 4772 4773 /** 4774 * The getSurface purpose 4775 * 4776 * The method description goes here. 4777 * 4778 * @return void Description... 4779 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4780 **/ 4781 public function getSurface(){} 4782 4783 /** 4784 * The setExtend purpose 4785 * 4786 * The method description goes here. 4787 * 4788 * @param int $extend Description... 4789 * @return void Description... 4790 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4791 **/ 4792 public function setExtend($extend){} 4793 4794 /** 4795 * The setFilter purpose 4796 * 4797 * The method description goes here. 4798 * 4799 * @param int $filter Description... 4800 * @return void Description... 4801 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4802 **/ 4803 public function setFilter($filter){} 4804 4805 /** 4806 * The __construct purpose 4807 * 4808 * The method description goes here. 4809 * 4810 * @param CairoSurface $surface Description... 4811 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4812 **/ 4813 public function __construct($surface){} 4814 4815 } 4816 class CairoSurfaceType { 4817 /** 4818 * @var integer 4819 **/ 4820 const BEOS = 0; 4821 4822 /** 4823 * @var integer 4824 **/ 4825 const DIRECTFB = 0; 4826 4827 /** 4828 * @var integer 4829 **/ 4830 const GLITZ = 0; 4831 4832 /** 4833 * @var integer 4834 **/ 4835 const IMAGE = 0; 4836 4837 /** 4838 * @var integer 4839 **/ 4840 const OS2 = 0; 4841 4842 /** 4843 * @var integer 4844 **/ 4845 const PDF = 0; 4846 4847 /** 4848 * @var integer 4849 **/ 4850 const PS = 0; 4851 4852 /** 4853 * @var integer 4854 **/ 4855 const QUARTZ = 0; 4856 4857 /** 4858 * @var integer 4859 **/ 4860 const QUARTZ_IMAGE = 0; 4861 4862 /** 4863 * @var integer 4864 **/ 4865 const SVG = 0; 4866 4867 /** 4868 * @var integer 4869 **/ 4870 const WIN32 = 0; 4871 4872 /** 4873 * @var integer 4874 **/ 4875 const WIN32_PRINTING = 0; 4876 4877 /** 4878 * @var integer 4879 **/ 4880 const XCB = 0; 4881 4882 /** 4883 * @var integer 4884 **/ 4885 const XLIB = 0; 4886 4887 } 4888 /** 4889 * Svg specific surface class, uses the SVG (standard vector graphics) 4890 * surface backend. 4891 **/ 4892 class CairoSvgSurface extends CairoSurface { 4893 /** 4894 * Used to retrieve a list of supported SVG versions 4895 * 4896 * Returns a numerically indexed array of currently available 4897 * CairoSvgVersion constants. In order to retrieve the string values for 4898 * each item, use CairoSvgSurface::versionToString. 4899 * 4900 * @return array Returns a numerically indexed array of integer values. 4901 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4902 **/ 4903 public static function getVersions(){} 4904 4905 /** 4906 * The restrictToVersion purpose 4907 * 4908 * The method description goes here. 4909 * 4910 * @param int $version Description... 4911 * @return void Description... 4912 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4913 **/ 4914 public function restrictToVersion($version){} 4915 4916 /** 4917 * The versionToString purpose 4918 * 4919 * The method description goes here. 4920 * 4921 * @param int $version Description... 4922 * @return string Description... 4923 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4924 **/ 4925 public static function versionToString($version){} 4926 4927 /** 4928 * The __construct purpose 4929 * 4930 * The method description goes here. 4931 * 4932 * @param string $file Description... 4933 * @param float $width Description... 4934 * @param float $height Description... 4935 * @since PECL cairo >= 0.1.0 4936 **/ 4937 public function __construct($file, $width, $height){} 4938 4939 } 4940 class CairoSvgVersion { 4941 /** 4942 * @var integer 4943 **/ 4944 const VERSION_1_1 = 0; 4945 4946 /** 4947 * @var integer 4948 **/ 4949 const VERSION_1_2 = 0; 4950 4951 } 4952 /** 4953 * The CairoToyFontFace class can be used instead of 4954 * CairoContext::selectFontFace to create a toy font independently of a 4955 * context. 4956 **/ 4957 class CairoToyFontFace extends CairoFontFace { 4958 } 4959 /** 4960 * The callback should accept up to three arguments: the current item, 4961 * the current key and the iterator, respectively. Any callable may be 4962 * used; such as a string containing a function name, an array for a 4963 * method, or an anonymous function. 4964 **/ 4965 class CallbackFilterIterator extends FilterIterator implements OuterIterator { 4966 /** 4967 * Calls the callback with the current value, the current key and the 4968 * inner iterator as arguments 4969 * 4970 * This method calls the callback with the current value, current key and 4971 * the inner iterator. 4972 * 4973 * The callback is expected to return TRUE if the current item is to be 4974 * accepted, or FALSE otherwise. 4975 * 4976 * @return bool Returns TRUE to accept the current item, or FALSE 4977 * otherwise. 4978 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.4.0, PHP 7 4979 **/ 4980 public function accept(){} 4981 4982 } 4983 /** 4984 * Represents a loaded chdb file. 4985 **/ 4986 class chdb { 4987 /** 4988 * Gets the value associated with a key 4989 * 4990 * Gets the value associated with a key from a chdb database. 4991 * 4992 * @param string $key The key for which to get the value. 4993 * @return string Returns a string containing the value associated with 4994 * the given {@link key}, or NULL if not found. 4995 * @since PECL chdb >= 0.1.0 4996 **/ 4997 public function get($key){} 4998 4999 /** 5000 * Creates a instance 5001 * 5002 * Loads a chdb file, by mapping it into memory. While some validity 5003 * checks are performed on the specified file, they are mostly there to 5004 * avoid the possibility of common mistakes (for example, loading a file 5005 * which is not a chdb database, or that is somehow incompatible with the 5006 * current system). A maliciously crafted chdb file can thus be dangerous 5007 * if loaded, so chdb files should be trusted and treated with the same 5008 * security protections used for PHP shared libraries. 5009 * 5010 * @param string $pathname The name of the file to load. 5011 * @since PECL chdb >= 0.1.0 5012 **/ 5013 public function __construct($pathname){} 5014 5015 } 5016 /** 5017 * Class used to represent anonymous functions. Anonymous functions, 5018 * implemented in PHP 5.3, yield objects of this type. This fact used to 5019 * be considered an implementation detail, but it can now be relied upon. 5020 * Starting with PHP 5.4, this class has methods that allow further 5021 * control of the anonymous function after it has been created. Besides 5022 * the methods listed here, this class also has an __invoke method. This 5023 * is for consistency with other classes that implement calling magic, as 5024 * this method is not used for calling the function. 5025 **/ 5026 class Closure { 5027 /** 5028 * Duplicates a closure with a specific bound object and class scope 5029 * 5030 * This method is a static version of Closure::bindTo. See the 5031 * documentation of that method for more information. 5032 * 5033 * @param Closure $closure The anonymous functions to bind. 5034 * @param object $newthis The object to which the given anonymous 5035 * function should be bound, or NULL for the closure to be unbound. 5036 * @param mixed $newscope The class scope to which associate the 5037 * closure is to be associated, or 'static' to keep the current one. If 5038 * an object is given, the type of the object will be used instead. 5039 * This determines the visibility of protected and private methods of 5040 * the bound object. It is not allowed to pass (an object of) an 5041 * internal class as this parameter. 5042 * @return Closure Returns a new Closure object 5043 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.4.0, PHP 7 5044 **/ 5045 public static function bind($closure, $newthis, $newscope){} 5046 5047 /** 5048 * Duplicates the closure with a new bound object and class scope 5049 * 5050 * Create and return a new anonymous function with the same body and 5051 * bound variables as this one, but possibly with a different bound 5052 * object and a new class scope. 5053 * 5054 * The “bound object” determines the value $this will have in the 5055 * function body and the “class scope” represents a class which 5056 * determines which private and protected members the anonymous function 5057 * will be able to access. Namely, the members that will be visible are 5058 * the same as if the anonymous function were a method of the class given 5059 * as value of the {@link newscope} parameter. 5060 * 5061 * Static closures cannot have any bound object (the value of the 5062 * parameter {@link newthis} should be NULL), but this function can 5063 * nevertheless be used to change their class scope. 5064 * 5065 * This function will ensure that for a non-static closure, having a 5066 * bound instance will imply being scoped and vice-versa. To this end, 5067 * non-static closures that are given a scope but a NULL instance are 5068 * made static and non-static non-scoped closures that are given a 5069 * non-null instance are scoped to an unspecified class. 5070 * 5071 * @param object $newthis The object to which the given anonymous 5072 * function should be bound, or NULL for the closure to be unbound. 5073 * @param mixed $newscope The class scope to which the closure is to be 5074 * associated, or 'static' to keep the current one. If an object is 5075 * given, the type of the object will be used instead. This determines 5076 * the visibility of protected and private methods of the bound object. 5077 * It is not allowed to pass (an object of) an internal class as this 5078 * parameter. 5079 * @return Closure Returns the newly created Closure object 5080 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.4.0, PHP 7 5081 **/ 5082 public function bindTo($newthis, $newscope){} 5083 5084 /** 5085 * Binds and calls the closure 5086 * 5087 * Temporarily binds the closure to {@link newthis}, and calls it with 5088 * any given parameters. 5089 * 5090 * @param object $newthis The object to bind the closure to for the 5091 * duration of the call. 5092 * @param mixed ...$vararg Zero or more parameters, which will be given 5093 * as parameters to the closure. 5094 * @return mixed Returns the return value of the closure. 5095 * @since PHP 7 5096 **/ 5097 public function call($newthis, ...$vararg){} 5098 5099 /** 5100 * Converts a callable into a closure 5101 * 5102 * Create and return a new anonymous function from given {@link callable} 5103 * using the current scope. This method checks if the {@link callable} is 5104 * callable in the current scope and throws a TypeError if it is not. 5105 * 5106 * @param callable $callable The callable to convert. 5107 * @return Closure Returns the newly created Closure or throws a 5108 * TypeError if the {@link callable} is not callable in the current 5109 * scope. 5110 * @since PHP 7 >= 7.1.0 5111 **/ 5112 public static function fromCallable($callable){} 5113 5114 /** 5115 * Constructor that disallows instantiation 5116 * 5117 * This method exists only to disallow instantiation of the Closure 5118 * class. Objects of this class are created in the fashion described on 5119 * the anonymous functions page. 5120 * 5121 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.3.0, PHP 7 5122 **/ 5123 private function __construct(){} 5124 5125 } 5126 /** 5127 * Provides string comparison capability with support for appropriate 5128 * locale-sensitive sort orderings. 5129 **/ 5130 class Collator { 5131 /** 5132 * Sort array maintaining index association 5133 * 5134 * This function sorts an array such that array indices maintain their 5135 * correlation with the array elements they are associated with. This is 5136 * used mainly when sorting associative arrays where the actual element 5137 * order is significant. Array elements will have sort order according to 5138 * current locale rules. 5139 * 5140 * Equivalent to standard PHP {@link asort}. 5141 * 5142 * @param array $arr Collator object. 5143 * @param int $sort_flag Array of strings to sort. 5144 * @return bool 5145 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.3.0, PHP 7, PECL intl >= 1.0.0 5146 **/ 5147 public function asort(&$arr, $sort_flag){} 5148 5149 /** 5150 * Compare two Unicode strings 5151 * 5152 * Compare two Unicode strings according to collation rules. 5153 * 5154 * @param string $str1 Collator object. 5155 * @param string $str2 The first string to compare. 5156 * @return int Return comparison result: 5157 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.3.0, PHP 7, PECL intl >= 1.0.0 5158 **/ 5159 public function compare($str1, $str2){} 5160 5161 /** 5162 * Create a collator 5163 * 5164 * The strings will be compared using the options already specified. 5165 * 5166 * @param string $locale The locale containing the required collation 5167 * rules. Special values for locales can be passed in - if null is 5168 * passed for the locale, the default locale collation rules will be 5169 * used. If empty string ("") or "root" are passed, UCA rules will be 5170 * used. 5171 * @return Collator Return new instance of Collator object, or NULL on 5172 * error. 5173 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.3.0, PHP 7, PECL intl >= 1.0.0 5174 **/ 5175 public static function create($locale){} 5176 5177 /** 5178 * Get collation attribute value 5179 * 5180 * Get a value of an integer collator attribute. 5181 * 5182 * @param int $attr Collator object. 5183 * @return int Attribute value, or boolean FALSE on error. 5184 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.3.0, PHP 7, PECL intl >= 1.0.0 5185 **/ 5186 public function getAttribute($attr){} 5187 5188 /** 5189 * Get collator's last error code 5190 * 5191 * @return int Error code returned by the last Collator API function 5192 * call. 5193 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.3.0, PHP 7, PECL intl >= 1.0.0 5194 **/ 5195 public function getErrorCode(){} 5196 5197 /** 5198 * Get text for collator's last error code 5199 * 5200 * Retrieves the message for the last error. 5201 * 5202 * @return string Description of an error occurred in the last Collator 5203 * API function call. 5204 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.3.0, PHP 7, PECL intl >= 1.0.0 5205 **/ 5206 public function getErrorMessage(){} 5207 5208 /** 5209 * Get the locale name of the collator 5210 * 5211 * Get collector locale name. 5212 * 5213 * @param int $type Collator object. 5214 * @return string Real locale name from which the collation data comes. 5215 * If the collator was instantiated from rules or an error occurred, 5216 * returns boolean FALSE. 5217 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.3.0, PHP 7, PECL intl >= 1.0.0 5218 **/ 5219 public function getLocale($type){} 5220 5221 /** 5222 * Get sorting key for a string 5223 * 5224 * Return collation key for a string. Collation keys can be compared 5225 * directly instead of strings, though are implementation specific and 5226 * may change between ICU library versions. Sort keys are generally only 5227 * useful in databases or other circumstances where function calls are 5228 * extremely expensive. 5229 * 5230 * @param string $str Collator object. 5231 * @return string Returns the collation key for the string, . 5232 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.3.2, PHP 7, PECL intl >= 1.0.3 5233 **/ 5234 public function getSortKey($str){} 5235 5236 /** 5237 * Get current collation strength 5238 * 5239 * @return int Returns current collation strength, or boolean FALSE on 5240 * error. 5241 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.3.0, PHP 7, PECL intl >= 1.0.0 5242 **/ 5243 public function getStrength(){} 5244 5245 /** 5246 * Set collation attribute 5247 * 5248 * @param int $attr Collator object. 5249 * @param int $val Attribute. 5250 * @return bool 5251 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.3.0, PHP 7, PECL intl >= 1.0.0 5252 **/ 5253 public function setAttribute($attr, $val){} 5254 5255 /** 5256 * Set collation strength 5257 * 5258 * The ICU Collation Service supports many levels of comparison (named 5259 * "Levels", but also known as "Strengths"). Having these categories 5260 * enables ICU to sort strings precisely according to local conventions. 5261 * However, by allowing the levels to be selectively employed, searching 5262 * for a string in text can be performed with various matching 5263 * conditions. 5264 * 5265 * Primary Level: Typically, this is used to denote differences between 5266 * base characters (for example, "a" < "b"). It is the strongest 5267 * difference. For example, dictionaries are divided into different 5268 * sections by base character. This is also called the level1 strength. 5269 * Secondary Level: Accents in the characters are considered secondary 5270 * differences (for example, "as" < "às" < "at"). Other differences 5271 * between letters can also be considered secondary differences, 5272 * depending on the language. A secondary difference is ignored when 5273 * there is a primary difference anywhere in the strings. This is also 5274 * called the level2 strength. Note: In some languages (such as Danish), 5275 * certain accented letters are considered to be separate base 5276 * characters. In most languages, however, an accented letter only has a 5277 * secondary difference from the unaccented version of that letter. 5278 * Tertiary Level: Upper and lower case differences in characters are 5279 * distinguished at the tertiary level (for example, "ao" < "Ao" < 5280 * "aò"). In addition, a variant of a letter differs from the base form 5281 * on the tertiary level (such as "A" and " "). Another example is the 5282 * difference between large and small Kana. A tertiary difference is 5283 * ignored when there is a primary or secondary difference anywhere in 5284 * the strings. This is also called the level3 strength. Quaternary 5285 * Level: When punctuation is ignored (see Ignoring Punctuations ) at 5286 * level 13, an additional level can be used to distinguish words with 5287 * and without punctuation (for example, "ab" < "a-b" < "aB"). This 5288 * difference is ignored when there is a primary, secondary or tertiary 5289 * difference. This is also known as the level4 strength. The quaternary 5290 * level should only be used if ignoring punctuation is required or when 5291 * processing Japanese text (see Hiragana processing). Identical Level: 5292 * When all other levels are equal, the identical level is used as a 5293 * tiebreaker. The Unicode code point values of the NFD form of each 5294 * string are compared at this level, just in case there is no difference 5295 * at levels 14. For example, Hebrew cantillation marks are only 5296 * distinguished at this level. This level should be used sparingly, as 5297 * only code point values differences between two strings is an extremely 5298 * rare occurrence. Using this level substantially decreases the 5299 * performance for both incremental comparison and sort key generation 5300 * (as well as increasing the sort key length). It is also known as level 5301 * 5 strength. 5302 * 5303 * For example, people may choose to ignore accents or ignore accents and 5304 * case when searching for text. Almost all characters are distinguished 5305 * by the first three levels, and in most locales the default value is 5306 * thus Tertiary. However, if Alternate is set to be Shifted, then the 5307 * Quaternary strength can be used to break ties among whitespace, 5308 * punctuation, and symbols that would otherwise be ignored. If very fine 5309 * distinctions among characters are required, then the Identical 5310 * strength can be used (for example, Identical Strength distinguishes 5311 * between the Mathematical Bold Small A and the Mathematical Italic 5312 * Small A.). However, using levels higher than Tertiary the Identical 5313 * strength result in significantly longer sort keys, and slower string 5314 * comparison performance for equal strings. 5315 * 5316 * @param int $strength Collator object. 5317 * @return bool 5318 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.3.0, PHP 7, PECL intl >= 1.0.0 5319 **/ 5320 public function setStrength($strength){} 5321 5322 /** 5323 * Sort array using specified collator 5324 * 5325 * This function sorts an array according to current locale rules. 5326 * 5327 * Equivalent to standard PHP {@link sort} . 5328 * 5329 * @param array $arr Collator object. 5330 * @param int $sort_flag Array of strings to sort. 5331 * @return bool 5332 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.3.0, PHP 7, PECL intl >= 1.0.0 5333 **/ 5334 public function sort(&$arr, $sort_flag){} 5335 5336 /** 5337 * Sort array using specified collator and sort keys 5338 * 5339 * Similar to {@link collator_sort} but uses ICU sorting keys produced by 5340 * ucol_getSortKey() to gain more speed on large arrays. 5341 * 5342 * @param array $arr Collator object. 5343 * @return bool 5344 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.3.0, PHP 7, PECL intl >= 1.0.0 5345 **/ 5346 public function sortWithSortKeys(&$arr){} 5347 5348 } 5349 /** 5350 * Represents a garbage-collectable object. 5351 **/ 5352 interface Collectable { 5353 /** 5354 * Determine whether an object has been marked as garbage 5355 * 5356 * Can be called in Pool::collect to determine if this object is garbage. 5357 * 5358 * @return bool 5359 * @since PECL pthreads >= 2.0.8 5360 **/ 5361 public function isGarbage(); 5362 5363 /** 5364 * Mark an object as garbage 5365 * 5366 * Should be called once per object when the object is finished being 5367 * executed or referenced. 5368 * 5369 * @return void 5370 * @since PECL pthreads < 3.0.0 5371 **/ 5372 public function setGarbage(); 5373 5374 } 5375 /** 5376 * The com class allows you to instantiate an OLE compatible COM object 5377 * and call its methods and access its properties. 5378 **/ 5379 class com extends variant { 5380 } 5381 namespace CommonMark { 5382 class CQL { 5383 /** 5384 * CQL Execution 5385 * 5386 * Shall invoke the current CQL function on the given {@link root}, 5387 * executing the given {@link handler} on entry to a \CommonMark\Node 5388 * 5389 * @param \CommonMark\Node $root the root node of a tree 5390 * @param callable $handler should have the prototype: ?boolhandler 5391 * \CommonMark\Node{@link root} \CommonMark\Node{@link entering} Should 5392 * {@link handler} fail to return (void), or return null, CQL will 5393 * continue executing Should the handler return a truthy value, CQL 5394 * will continue executing. Should the handler return a falsy value, 5395 * CQL will stop executing 5396 **/ 5397 public function __invoke($root, $handler){} 5398 5399 } 5400 } 5401 namespace CommonMark\Interfaces { 5402 interface IVisitable { 5403 /** 5404 * Visitation 5405 * 5406 * @param CommonMark\Interfaces\IVisitor $visitor An object 5407 * implementing CommonMark\Interfaces\IVisitor 5408 * @return void 5409 **/ 5410 public function accept($visitor); 5411 5412 } 5413 } 5414 namespace CommonMark\Interfaces { 5415 interface IVisitor { 5416 /** 5417 * Visitation 5418 * 5419 * @param IVisitable $visitable The current 5420 * CommonMark\Interfaces\IVisitable being entered 5421 * @return ?int|IVisitable Returning 5422 * CommonMark\Interfaces\IVisitor::Done will cause the backing iterator 5423 * to exit. 5424 **/ 5425 public function enter($visitable); 5426 5427 /** 5428 * Visitation 5429 * 5430 * @param IVisitable $visitable The current 5431 * CommonMark\Interfaces\IVisitable being exited 5432 * @return ?int|IVisitable Returning 5433 * CommonMark\Interfaces\IVisitor::Done will cause the backing iterator 5434 * to exit. 5435 **/ 5436 public function leave($visitable); 5437 5438 } 5439 } 5440 namespace CommonMark { 5441 final class Node implements CommonMark\Interfaces\IVisitable, Traversable { 5442 /** 5443 * @var int 5444 **/ 5445 public $endColumn; 5446 5447 /** 5448 * @var int 5449 **/ 5450 public $endLine; 5451 5452 /** 5453 * @var ?Node 5454 **/ 5455 public $firstChild; 5456 5457 /** 5458 * @var ?Node 5459 **/ 5460 public $lastChild; 5461 5462 /** 5463 * @var ?Node 5464 **/ 5465 public $next; 5466 5467 /** 5468 * @var ?Node 5469 **/ 5470 public $parent; 5471 5472 /** 5473 * @var ?Node 5474 **/ 5475 public $previous; 5476 5477 /** 5478 * @var int 5479 **/ 5480 public $startColumn; 5481 5482 /** 5483 * @var int 5484 **/ 5485 public $startLine; 5486 5487 /** 5488 * Visitation 5489 * 5490 * @param CommonMark\Interfaces\IVisitor $visitor An object 5491 * implementing CommonMark\Interfaces\IVisitor 5492 * @return void 5493 **/ 5494 public function accept($visitor){} 5495 5496 /** 5497 * AST Manipulation 5498 * 5499 * @param CommonMark\Node $child 5500 * @return CommonMark\Node 5501 **/ 5502 public function appendChild($child){} 5503 5504 /** 5505 * AST Manipulation 5506 * 5507 * @param CommonMark\Node $sibling 5508 * @return CommonMark\Node 5509 **/ 5510 public function insertAfter($sibling){} 5511 5512 /** 5513 * AST Manipulation 5514 * 5515 * @param CommonMark\Node $sibling 5516 * @return CommonMark\Node 5517 **/ 5518 public function insertBefore($sibling){} 5519 5520 /** 5521 * AST Manipulation 5522 * 5523 * @param CommonMark\Node $child 5524 * @return CommonMark\Node 5525 **/ 5526 public function prependChild($child){} 5527 5528 /** 5529 * AST Manipulation 5530 * 5531 * @param CommonMark\Node $target 5532 * @return CommonMark\Node 5533 **/ 5534 public function replace($target){} 5535 5536 /** 5537 * AST Manipulation 5538 * 5539 * @return void 5540 **/ 5541 public function unlink(){} 5542 5543 } 5544 } 5545 namespace CommonMark\Node { 5546 final class BlockQuote extends CommonMark\Node implements CommonMark\Interfaces\IVisitable, Traversable { 5547 } 5548 } 5549 namespace CommonMark\Node { 5550 final class BulletList extends CommonMark\Node implements CommonMark\Interfaces\IVisitable, Traversable { 5551 } 5552 } 5553 namespace CommonMark\Node { 5554 final class Code extends CommonMark\Node\Text implements CommonMark\Interfaces\IVisitable, Traversable { 5555 } 5556 } 5557 namespace CommonMark\Node { 5558 final class CodeBlock extends CommonMark\Node\Text implements CommonMark\Interfaces\IVisitable, Traversable { 5559 } 5560 } 5561 namespace CommonMark\Node { 5562 final class CustomBlock extends CommonMark\Node implements CommonMark\Interfaces\IVisitable, Traversable { 5563 } 5564 } 5565 namespace CommonMark\Node { 5566 final class CustomInline extends CommonMark\Node implements CommonMark\Interfaces\IVisitable, Traversable { 5567 } 5568 } 5569 namespace CommonMark\Node { 5570 final class Document extends CommonMark\Node implements CommonMark\Interfaces\IVisitable, Traversable { 5571 } 5572 } 5573 namespace CommonMark\Node { 5574 final class Heading extends CommonMark\Node implements CommonMark\Interfaces\IVisitable, Traversable { 5575 } 5576 } 5577 namespace CommonMark\Node { 5578 final class HTMLBlock extends CommonMark\Node\Text implements CommonMark\Interfaces\IVisitable, Traversable { 5579 } 5580 } 5581 namespace CommonMark\Node { 5582 final class HTMLInline extends CommonMark\Node\Text implements CommonMark\Interfaces\IVisitable, Traversable { 5583 } 5584 } 5585 namespace CommonMark\Node { 5586 final class Image extends CommonMark\Node implements CommonMark\Interfaces\IVisitable, Traversable { 5587 } 5588 } 5589 namespace CommonMark\Node { 5590 final class Item extends CommonMark\Node implements CommonMark\Interfaces\IVisitable, Traversable { 5591 } 5592 } 5593 namespace CommonMark\Node { 5594 final class LineBreak extends CommonMark\Node implements CommonMark\Interfaces\IVisitable, Traversable { 5595 } 5596 } 5597 namespace CommonMark\Node { 5598 final class Link extends CommonMark\Node implements CommonMark\Interfaces\IVisitable, Traversable { 5599 } 5600 } 5601 namespace CommonMark\Node { 5602 final class OrderedList extends CommonMark\Node implements CommonMark\Interfaces\IVisitable, Traversable { 5603 } 5604 } 5605 namespace CommonMark\Node { 5606 final class Paragraph extends CommonMark\Node implements CommonMark\Interfaces\IVisitable, Traversable { 5607 } 5608 } 5609 namespace CommonMark\Node { 5610 final class SoftBreak extends CommonMark\Node implements CommonMark\Interfaces\IVisitable, Traversable { 5611 } 5612 } 5613 namespace CommonMark\Node { 5614 final class Text extends CommonMark\Node implements CommonMark\Interfaces\IVisitable, Traversable { 5615 } 5616 } 5617 namespace CommonMark\Node\Text { 5618 final class Emphasis extends CommonMark\Node implements CommonMark\Interfaces\IVisitable, Traversable { 5619 } 5620 } 5621 namespace CommonMark\Node\Text { 5622 final class Strong extends CommonMark\Node implements CommonMark\Interfaces\IVisitable, Traversable { 5623 } 5624 } 5625 namespace CommonMark\Node { 5626 final class ThematicBreak extends CommonMark\Node implements CommonMark\Interfaces\IVisitable, Traversable { 5627 } 5628 } 5629 namespace CommonMark { 5630 final class Parser { 5631 /** 5632 * Parsing 5633 * 5634 * @return CommonMark\Node 5635 **/ 5636 public function finish(){} 5637 5638 /** 5639 * Parsing 5640 * 5641 * @param string $buffer 5642 * @return void 5643 **/ 5644 public function parse($buffer){} 5645 5646 } 5647 } 5648 /** 5649 * COMPersistHelper improves the interoperability of COM and PHP with 5650 * regard to the directive open_basedir, and stream s. 5651 **/ 5652 final class COMPersistHelper { 5653 /** 5654 * Get current filename 5655 * 5656 * Retrieves the current name of the file associated with the object. 5657 * 5658 * @return string Returns the current name of the file associated with 5659 * the object. 5660 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 5661 **/ 5662 public function GetCurFileName(){} 5663 5664 /** 5665 * Get maximum stream size 5666 * 5667 * Retrieves the size of the stream (in bytes) needed to save the object. 5668 * 5669 * @return int Returns the size of the stream (in bytes) needed to save 5670 * the object. 5671 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 5672 **/ 5673 public function GetMaxStreamSize(){} 5674 5675 /** 5676 * Initialize object to default state 5677 * 5678 * Initializes an object to a default state. 5679 * 5680 * @return bool 5681 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 5682 **/ 5683 public function InitNew(){} 5684 5685 /** 5686 * Load object from file 5687 * 5688 * Opens the specified file and initializes an object from the file 5689 * contents. 5690 * 5691 * @param string $path 5692 * @param int $flags 5693 * @return bool 5694 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 5695 **/ 5696 public function LoadFromFile($path, $flags){} 5697 5698 /** 5699 * Load object from stream 5700 * 5701 * Initializes an object from the stream where it was saved previously. 5702 * 5703 * @param resource $stream 5704 * @return bool 5705 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 5706 **/ 5707 public function LoadFromStream($stream){} 5708 5709 /** 5710 * Save object to file 5711 * 5712 * Saves a copy of the object to the specified file. 5713 * 5714 * @param string $filename 5715 * @param bool $remember 5716 * @return bool 5717 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 5718 **/ 5719 public function SaveToFile($filename, $remember){} 5720 5721 /** 5722 * Save object to stream 5723 * 5724 * Saves an object to the specified stream. 5725 * 5726 * @param resource $stream 5727 * @return bool 5728 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 5729 **/ 5730 public function SaveToStream($stream){} 5731 5732 } 5733 /** 5734 * CompileError is thrown for some compilation errors, which formerly 5735 * issued a fatal error. 5736 **/ 5737 class CompileError extends Error { 5738 } 5739 namespace Componere { 5740 final class Definition { 5741 /** 5742 * Add Constant 5743 * 5744 * Shall declare a class constant on the current Definition 5745 * 5746 * @param string $name The case sensitive name for the constant 5747 * @param \Componere\Value $value The Value for the constant, must not 5748 * be undefined or static 5749 * @return Definition The current Definition 5750 **/ 5751 public function addConstant($name, $value){} 5752 5753 /** 5754 * Add Interface 5755 * 5756 * Shall implement the given interface on the current definition 5757 * 5758 * @param string $interface The case insensitive name of an interface 5759 * @return Definition The current Definition 5760 **/ 5761 public function addInterface($interface){} 5762 5763 /** 5764 * Add Method 5765 * 5766 * Shall create or override a method on the current definition. 5767 * 5768 * @param string $name The case insensitive name for method 5769 * @param \Componere\Method $method \Componere\Method not previously 5770 * added to another Definition 5771 * @return Definition The current Definition 5772 **/ 5773 public function addMethod($name, $method){} 5774 5775 /** 5776 * Add Property 5777 * 5778 * Shall declare a class property on the current Definition 5779 * 5780 * @param string $name The case sensitive name for the property 5781 * @param \Componere\Value $value The default Value for the property 5782 * @return Definition The current Definition 5783 **/ 5784 public function addProperty($name, $value){} 5785 5786 /** 5787 * Add Trait 5788 * 5789 * Shall use the given trait for the current definition 5790 * 5791 * @param string $trait The case insensitive name of a trait 5792 * @return Definition The current Definition 5793 **/ 5794 public function addTrait($trait){} 5795 5796 /** 5797 * Get Closure 5798 * 5799 * Shall return a Closure for the method specified by name 5800 * 5801 * @param string $name The case insensitive name of the method 5802 * @return \Closure A Closure bound to the correct scope 5803 **/ 5804 public function getClosure($name){} 5805 5806 /** 5807 * Get Closures 5808 * 5809 * Shall return an array of Closures 5810 * 5811 * @return array Shall return all methods as an array of Closure 5812 * objects bound to the correct scope 5813 **/ 5814 public function getClosures(){} 5815 5816 /** 5817 * Reflection 5818 * 5819 * Shall create or return a ReflectionClass 5820 * 5821 * @return \ReflectionClass A ReflectionClass for the current 5822 * definition (cached) 5823 **/ 5824 public function getReflector(){} 5825 5826 /** 5827 * State Detection 5828 * 5829 * Shall detect the registration state of this Definition 5830 * 5831 * @return bool Shall return true if this Definition is registered 5832 **/ 5833 public function isRegistered(){} 5834 5835 /** 5836 * Registration 5837 * 5838 * Shall register the current Definition 5839 * 5840 * @return void 5841 **/ 5842 public function register(){} 5843 5844 } 5845 } 5846 namespace Componere { 5847 final class Method { 5848 /** 5849 * Reflection 5850 * 5851 * Shall create or return a ReflectionMethod 5852 * 5853 * @return \ReflectionMethod A ReflectionMethod for the current method 5854 * (cached) 5855 **/ 5856 public function getReflector(){} 5857 5858 /** 5859 * Accessibility Modification 5860 * 5861 * @return Method The current Method 5862 **/ 5863 public function setPrivate(){} 5864 5865 /** 5866 * Accessibility Modification 5867 * 5868 * @return Method The current Method 5869 **/ 5870 public function setProtected(){} 5871 5872 /** 5873 * Accessibility Modification 5874 * 5875 * @return Method The current Method 5876 **/ 5877 public function setStatic(){} 5878 5879 } 5880 } 5881 namespace Componere { 5882 final class Patch { 5883 /** 5884 * Add Interface 5885 * 5886 * Shall implement the given interface on the current definition 5887 * 5888 * @param string $interface The case insensitive name of an interface 5889 * @return Definition The current Definition 5890 **/ 5891 public function addInterface($interface){} 5892 5893 /** 5894 * Add Method 5895 * 5896 * Shall create or override a method on the current definition. 5897 * 5898 * @param string $name The case insensitive name for method 5899 * @param \Componere\Method $method \Componere\Method not previously 5900 * added to another Definition 5901 * @return Definition The current Definition 5902 **/ 5903 public function addMethod($name, $method){} 5904 5905 /** 5906 * Add Trait 5907 * 5908 * Shall use the given trait for the current definition 5909 * 5910 * @param string $trait The case insensitive name of a trait 5911 * @return Definition The current Definition 5912 **/ 5913 public function addTrait($trait){} 5914 5915 /** 5916 * Application 5917 * 5918 * Shall apply the current patch 5919 * 5920 * @return void 5921 **/ 5922 public function apply(){} 5923 5924 /** 5925 * Patch Derivation 5926 * 5927 * Shall derive a Patch for the given {@link instance} 5928 * 5929 * @param object $instance The target for the derived Patch 5930 * @return Patch Patch for {@link instance} derived from the current 5931 * Patch 5932 **/ 5933 public function derive($instance){} 5934 5935 /** 5936 * Get Closure 5937 * 5938 * Shall return a Closure for the method specified by name 5939 * 5940 * @param string $name The case insensitive name of the method 5941 * @return \Closure A Closure bound to the correct scope and object 5942 **/ 5943 public function getClosure($name){} 5944 5945 /** 5946 * Get Closures 5947 * 5948 * Shall return an array of Closures 5949 * 5950 * @return array Shall return all methods as an array of Closure 5951 * objects bound to the correct scope and object 5952 **/ 5953 public function getClosures(){} 5954 5955 /** 5956 * Reflection 5957 * 5958 * Shall create or return a ReflectionClass 5959 * 5960 * @return \ReflectionClass A ReflectionClass for the current 5961 * definition (cached) 5962 **/ 5963 public function getReflector(){} 5964 5965 /** 5966 * State Detection 5967 * 5968 * @return bool 5969 **/ 5970 public function isApplied(){} 5971 5972 /** 5973 * Reversal 5974 * 5975 * Shall revert the current patch 5976 * 5977 * @return void 5978 **/ 5979 public function revert(){} 5980 5981 } 5982 } 5983 namespace Componere { 5984 final class Value { 5985 /** 5986 * Value Interaction 5987 * 5988 * @return bool 5989 **/ 5990 public function hasDefault(){} 5991 5992 /** 5993 * Accessibility Detection 5994 * 5995 * @return bool 5996 **/ 5997 public function isPrivate(){} 5998 5999 /** 6000 * Accessibility Detection 6001 * 6002 * @return bool 6003 **/ 6004 public function isProtected(){} 6005 6006 /** 6007 * Accessibility Detection 6008 * 6009 * @return bool 6010 **/ 6011 public function isStatic(){} 6012 6013 /** 6014 * Accessibility Modification 6015 * 6016 * @return Value The current Value 6017 **/ 6018 public function setPrivate(){} 6019 6020 /** 6021 * Accessibility Modification 6022 * 6023 * @return Value The current Value 6024 **/ 6025 public function setProtected(){} 6026 6027 /** 6028 * Accessibility Modification 6029 * 6030 * @return Value The current Value 6031 **/ 6032 public function setStatic(){} 6033 6034 } 6035 } 6036 class com_exception extends Exception implements Throwable { 6037 } 6038 /** 6039 * The static methods contained in the Cond class provide direct access 6040 * to Posix Condition Variables. 6041 **/ 6042 class Cond { 6043 /** 6044 * Broadcast a Condition 6045 * 6046 * Broadcast to all Threads blocking on a call to {@link Cond::wait}. 6047 * 6048 * @param int $condition A handle to a Condition Variable returned by a 6049 * previous call to {@link Cond::create} 6050 * @return bool A boolean indication of success. 6051 * @since PECL pthreads < 3.0.0 6052 **/ 6053 final public static function broadcast($condition){} 6054 6055 /** 6056 * Create a Condition 6057 * 6058 * Creates a new Condition Variable for the caller. 6059 * 6060 * @return int A handle to a Condition Variable 6061 * @since PECL pthreads < 3.0.0 6062 **/ 6063 final public static function create(){} 6064 6065 /** 6066 * Destroy a Condition 6067 * 6068 * Destroying Condition Variable handles must be carried out explicitly 6069 * by the programmer when they are finished with the Condition Variable. 6070 * No Threads should be blocking on a call to {@link Cond::wait} when the 6071 * call to {@link Cond::destroy} takes place. 6072 * 6073 * @param int $condition A handle to a Condition Variable returned by a 6074 * previous call to {@link Cond::create} 6075 * @return bool A boolean indication of success. 6076 * @since PECL pthreads < 3.0.0 6077 **/ 6078 final public static function destroy($condition){} 6079 6080 /** 6081 * Signal a Condition 6082 * 6083 * @param int $condition A handle returned by a previous call to {@link 6084 * Cond::create} 6085 * @return bool A boolean indication of success. 6086 * @since PECL pthreads < 3.0.0 6087 **/ 6088 final public static function signal($condition){} 6089 6090 /** 6091 * Wait for Condition 6092 * 6093 * Wait for a signal on a Condition Variable, optionally specifying a 6094 * timeout to limit waiting time. 6095 * 6096 * @param int $condition A handle returned by a previous call to {@link 6097 * Cond::create}. 6098 * @param int $mutex A handle returned by a previous call to {@link 6099 * Mutex::create} and owned (locked) by the caller. 6100 * @param int $timeout An optional timeout, in microseconds ( 6101 * millionths of a second ). 6102 * @return bool A boolean indication of success. 6103 * @since PECL pthreads < 3.0.0 6104 **/ 6105 final public static function wait($condition, $mutex, $timeout){} 6106 6107 } 6108 /** 6109 * Classes implementing Countable can be used with the {@link count} 6110 * function. 6111 **/ 6112 interface Countable { 6113 /** 6114 * Count elements of an object 6115 * 6116 * This method is executed when using the {@link count} function on an 6117 * object implementing Countable. 6118 * 6119 * @return int The custom count as an integer. 6120 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.1.0, PHP 7 6121 **/ 6122 public function count(); 6123 6124 } 6125 /** 6126 * CURLFile should be used to upload a file with CURLOPT_POSTFIELDS. 6127 * {@link curl_setopt} 6128 **/ 6129 class CURLFile { 6130 /** 6131 * MIME type of the file (default is application/octet-stream). 6132 * 6133 * @var mixed 6134 **/ 6135 public $mime; 6136 6137 /** 6138 * Name of the file to be uploaded. 6139 * 6140 * @var mixed 6141 **/ 6142 public $name; 6143 6144 /** 6145 * The name of the file in the upload data (defaults to the name 6146 * property). 6147 * 6148 * @var mixed 6149 **/ 6150 public $postname; 6151 6152 /** 6153 * Get file name 6154 * 6155 * @return string Returns file name. 6156 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.5.0, PHP 7 6157 **/ 6158 public function getFilename(){} 6159 6160 /** 6161 * Get MIME type 6162 * 6163 * @return string Returns MIME type. 6164 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.5.0, PHP 7 6165 **/ 6166 public function getMimeType(){} 6167 6168 /** 6169 * Get file name for POST 6170 * 6171 * @return string Returns file name for POST. 6172 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.5.0, PHP 7 6173 **/ 6174 public function getPostFilename(){} 6175 6176 /** 6177 * Set MIME type 6178 * 6179 * @param string $mime MIME type to be used in POST data. 6180 * @return void 6181 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.5.0, PHP 7 6182 **/ 6183 public function setMimeType($mime){} 6184 6185 /** 6186 * Set file name for POST 6187 * 6188 * @param string $postname Filename to be used in POST data. 6189 * @return void 6190 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.5.0, PHP 7 6191 **/ 6192 public function setPostFilename($postname){} 6193 6194 /** 6195 * Create a CURLFile object 6196 * 6197 * Creates a CURLFile object, used to upload a file with 6198 * CURLOPT_POSTFIELDS. 6199 * 6200 * @param string $filename Path to the file which will be uploaded. 6201 * @param string $mimetype Mimetype of the file. 6202 * @param string $postname Name of the file to be used in the upload 6203 * data. 6204 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.5.0, PHP 7 6205 **/ 6206 public function __construct($filename, $mimetype, $postname){} 6207 6208 /** 6209 * Unserialization handler 6210 * 6211 * @return void 6212 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.5.0, PHP 7 6213 **/ 6214 public function __wakeup(){} 6215 6216 } 6217 /** 6218 * Represents a date interval. A date interval stores either a fixed 6219 * amount of time (in years, months, days, hours etc) or a relative time 6220 * string in the format that DateTime's constructor supports. More 6221 * specifically, the information in an object of the DateInterval class 6222 * is an instruction to get from one date/time to another date/time. This 6223 * process is not always reversible. A common way to create a 6224 * DateInterval object is by calculating the difference between two 6225 * date/time objects through {@link DateTimeInterface::diff}. 7.1.0 The f 6226 * property was added. 6227 **/ 6228 class DateInterval { 6229 /** 6230 * Number of days. 6231 * 6232 * @var integer 6233 **/ 6234 public $d; 6235 6236 /** 6237 * If the DateInterval object was created by {@link DateTime::diff}, then 6238 * this is the total number of days between the start and end dates. 6239 * Otherwise, days will be FALSE. 6240 * 6241 * Before PHP 5.4.20/5.5.4 instead of FALSE you will receive -99999 upon 6242 * accessing the property. 6243 * 6244 * @var mixed 6245 **/ 6246 public $days; 6247 6248 /** 6249 * Number of microseconds, as a fraction of a second. 6250 * 6251 * @var float 6252 **/ 6253 public $f; 6254 6255 /** 6256 * Number of hours. 6257 * 6258 * @var integer 6259 **/ 6260 public $h; 6261 6262 /** 6263 * Number of minutes. 6264 * 6265 * @var integer 6266 **/ 6267 public $i; 6268 6269 /** 6270 * Is 1 if the interval represents a negative time period and 0 6271 * otherwise. See DateInterval::format. 6272 * 6273 * @var integer 6274 **/ 6275 public $invert; 6276 6277 /** 6278 * Number of months. 6279 * 6280 * @var integer 6281 **/ 6282 public $m; 6283 6284 /** 6285 * Number of seconds. 6286 * 6287 * @var integer 6288 **/ 6289 public $s; 6290 6291 /** 6292 * Number of years. 6293 * 6294 * @var integer 6295 **/ 6296 public $y; 6297 6298 /** 6299 * Sets up a DateInterval from the relative parts of the string 6300 * 6301 * Uses the normal date parsers and sets up a DateInterval from the 6302 * relative parts of the parsed string. 6303 * 6304 * @param string $datetime A date with relative parts. Specifically, 6305 * the relative formats supported by the parser used for {@link 6306 * strtotime} and DateTime will be used to construct the DateInterval. 6307 * @return DateInterval Returns a new DateInterval instance. 6308 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.3.0, PHP 7 6309 **/ 6310 public static function createFromDateString($datetime){} 6311 6312 /** 6313 * Formats the interval 6314 * 6315 * @param string $format The following characters are recognized in the 6316 * {@link format} parameter string. Each format character must be 6317 * prefixed by a percent sign (%). {@link format} character Description 6318 * Example values % Literal % % Y Years, numeric, at least 2 digits 6319 * with leading 0 01, 03 y Years, numeric 1, 3 M Months, numeric, at 6320 * least 2 digits with leading 0 01, 03, 12 m Months, numeric 1, 3, 12 6321 * D Days, numeric, at least 2 digits with leading 0 01, 03, 31 d Days, 6322 * numeric 1, 3, 31 a Total number of days as a result of a 6323 * DateTime::diff or (unknown) otherwise 4, 18, 8123 H Hours, numeric, 6324 * at least 2 digits with leading 0 01, 03, 23 h Hours, numeric 1, 3, 6325 * 23 I Minutes, numeric, at least 2 digits with leading 0 01, 03, 59 i 6326 * Minutes, numeric 1, 3, 59 S Seconds, numeric, at least 2 digits with 6327 * leading 0 01, 03, 57 s Seconds, numeric 1, 3, 57 F Microseconds, 6328 * numeric, at least 6 digits with leading 0 007701, 052738, 428291 f 6329 * Microseconds, numeric 7701, 52738, 428291 R Sign "-" when negative, 6330 * "+" when positive -, + r Sign "-" when negative, empty when positive 6331 * -, 6332 * @return string Returns the formatted interval. 6333 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.3.0, PHP 7 6334 **/ 6335 public function format($format){} 6336 6337 } 6338 /** 6339 * Represents a date period. A date period allows iteration over a set of 6340 * dates and times, recurring at regular intervals, over a given period. 6341 * 5.3.27, 5.4.17 The public properties recurrences, include_start_date, 6342 * start, current, end and interval have been exposed. 6343 **/ 6344 class DatePeriod implements Traversable { 6345 /** 6346 * @var integer 6347 **/ 6348 const EXCLUDE_START_DATE = 0; 6349 6350 /** 6351 * During iteration this will contain the current date within the period. 6352 * 6353 * @var DateTimeInterface 6354 **/ 6355 public $current; 6356 6357 /** 6358 * The end date of the period. 6359 * 6360 * @var DateTimeInterface 6361 **/ 6362 public $end; 6363 6364 /** 6365 * Whether to include the start date in the set of recurring dates or 6366 * not. 6367 * 6368 * @var boolean 6369 **/ 6370 public $include_start_date; 6371 6372 /** 6373 * An ISO 8601 repeating interval specification. 6374 * 6375 * @var DateInterval 6376 **/ 6377 public $interval; 6378 6379 /** 6380 * The number of recurrences, if the DatePeriod instance had been created 6381 * by explicitly passing $recurrences. See also 6382 * DatePeriod::getRecurrences. 6383 * 6384 * @var integer 6385 **/ 6386 public $recurrences; 6387 6388 /** 6389 * The start date of the period. 6390 * 6391 * @var DateTimeInterface 6392 **/ 6393 public $start; 6394 6395 /** 6396 * Gets the interval 6397 * 6398 * Gets a DateInterval object representing the interval used for the 6399 * period. 6400 * 6401 * @return DateInterval Returns a DateInterval object 6402 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.6.5, PHP 7 6403 **/ 6404 public function getDateInterval(){} 6405 6406 /** 6407 * Gets the end date 6408 * 6409 * Gets the end date of the period. 6410 * 6411 * @return DateTimeInterface Returns NULL if the DatePeriod does not 6412 * have an end date. For example, when initialized with the {@link 6413 * recurrences} parameter, or the {@link isostr} parameter without an 6414 * end date. 6415 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.6.5, PHP 7 6416 **/ 6417 public function getEndDate(){} 6418 6419 /** 6420 * Gets the number of recurrences 6421 * 6422 * Get the number of recurrences. 6423 * 6424 * @return int Returns the number of recurrences. 6425 * @since PHP 7 >= 7.2.17/7.3.4 6426 **/ 6427 public function getRecurrences(){} 6428 6429 /** 6430 * Gets the start date 6431 * 6432 * Gets the start date of the period. 6433 * 6434 * @return DateTimeInterface Returns a DateTimeImmutable object when 6435 * the DatePeriod is initialized with a DateTimeImmutable object as the 6436 * {@link start} parameter. 6437 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.6.5, PHP 7 6438 **/ 6439 public function getStartDate(){} 6440 6441 } 6442 /** 6443 * This class behaves the same as DateTimeImmutable except objects are 6444 * modified itself when modification methods such as {@link 6445 * DateTime::modify} are called. 7.2.0 The class constants of DateTime 6446 * are now defined on DateTimeInterface. 7.0.0 Added constants: 6447 * DATE_RFC3339_EXTENDED and DateTime::RFC3339_EXTENDED. 5.5.0 The class 6448 * now implements DateTimeInterface. 5.4.24 The COOKIE constant was 6449 * changed to reflect RFC 1036 using a four digit year rather than a two 6450 * digit year (RFC 850) as prior versions. 5.2.2 DateTime object 6451 * comparison with the comparison operators changed to work as expected. 6452 * Previously, all DateTime objects were considered equal (using ==). 6453 **/ 6454 class DateTime implements DateTimeInterface { 6455 /** 6456 * Adds an amount of days, months, years, hours, minutes and seconds to a 6457 * DateTime object 6458 * 6459 * Adds the specified DateInterval object to the specified DateTime 6460 * object. 6461 * 6462 * @param DateInterval $interval A DateInterval object 6463 * @return DateTime 6464 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.3.0, PHP 7 6465 **/ 6466 public function add($interval){} 6467 6468 /** 6469 * Parses a time string according to a specified format 6470 * 6471 * Returns a new DateTime object representing the date and time specified 6472 * by the {@link datetime} string, which was formatted in the given 6473 * {@link format}. 6474 * 6475 * @param string $format The format that the passed in string should be 6476 * in. See the formatting options below. In most cases, the same 6477 * letters as for the {@link date} can be used. 6478 * 6479 * The following characters are recognized in the {@link format} 6480 * parameter string {@link format} character Description Example 6481 * parsable values Day --- --- d and j Day of the month, 2 digits with 6482 * or without leading zeros 01 to 31 or 1 to 31 D and l A textual 6483 * representation of a day Mon through Sun or Sunday through Saturday S 6484 * English ordinal suffix for the day of the month, 2 characters. It's 6485 * ignored while processing. st, nd, rd or th. z The day of the year 6486 * (starting from 0) 0 through 365 Month --- --- F and M A textual 6487 * representation of a month, such as January or Sept January through 6488 * December or Jan through Dec m and n Numeric representation of a 6489 * month, with or without leading zeros 01 through 12 or 1 through 12 6490 * Year --- --- Y A full numeric representation of a year, 4 digits 6491 * Examples: 1999 or 2003 y A two digit representation of a year (which 6492 * is assumed to be in the range 1970-2069, inclusive) Examples: 99 or 6493 * 03 (which will be interpreted as 1999 and 2003, respectively) Time 6494 * --- --- a and A Ante meridiem and Post meridiem am or pm g and h 6495 * 12-hour format of an hour with or without leading zero 1 through 12 6496 * or 01 through 12 G and H 24-hour format of an hour with or without 6497 * leading zeros 0 through 23 or 00 through 23 i Minutes with leading 6498 * zeros 00 to 59 s Seconds, with leading zeros 00 through 59 v 6499 * Milliseconds (up to three digits) Example: 12, 345 u Microseconds 6500 * (up to six digits) Example: 45, 654321 Timezone --- --- e, O, P and 6501 * T Timezone identifier, or difference to UTC in hours, or difference 6502 * to UTC with colon between hours and minutes, or timezone 6503 * abbreviation Examples: UTC, GMT, Atlantic/Azores or +0200 or +02:00 6504 * or EST, MDT Full Date/Time --- --- U Seconds since the Unix Epoch 6505 * (January 1 1970 00:00:00 GMT) Example: 1292177455 Whitespace and 6506 * Separators --- --- (space) One space or one tab Example: # One of 6507 * the following separation symbol: ;, :, /, ., ,, -, ( or ) Example: / 6508 * ;, :, /, ., ,, -, ( or ) The specified character. Example: - ? A 6509 * random byte Example: ^ (Be aware that for UTF-8 characters you might 6510 * need more than one ?. In this case, using * is probably what you 6511 * want instead) * Random bytes until the next separator or digit 6512 * Example: * in Y-*-d with the string 2009-aWord-08 will match aWord ! 6513 * Resets all fields (year, month, day, hour, minute, second, fraction 6514 * and timezone information) to the Unix Epoch Without !, all fields 6515 * will be set to the current date and time. | Resets all fields (year, 6516 * month, day, hour, minute, second, fraction and timezone information) 6517 * to the Unix Epoch if they have not been parsed yet Y-m-d| will set 6518 * the year, month and day to the information found in the string to 6519 * parse, and sets the hour, minute and second to 0. + If this format 6520 * specifier is present, trailing data in the string will not cause an 6521 * error, but a warning instead Use DateTime::getLastErrors to find out 6522 * whether trailing data was present. Unrecognized characters in the 6523 * format string will cause the parsing to fail and an error message is 6524 * appended to the returned structure. You can query error messages 6525 * with DateTime::getLastErrors. To include literal characters in 6526 * {@link format}, you have to escape them with a backslash (\). If 6527 * {@link format} does not contain the character ! then portions of the 6528 * generated time which are not specified in {@link format} will be set 6529 * to the current system time. If {@link format} contains the character 6530 * !, then portions of the generated time not provided in {@link 6531 * format}, as well as values to the left-hand side of the !, will be 6532 * set to corresponding values from the Unix epoch. The Unix epoch is 6533 * 1970-01-01 00:00:00 UTC. 6534 * @param string $datetime String representing the time. 6535 * @param DateTimeZone $timezone A DateTimeZone object representing the 6536 * desired time zone. If {@link timezone} is omitted and {@link 6537 * datetime} contains no timezone, the current timezone will be used. 6538 * @return DateTime Returns a new DateTime instance. 6539 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.3.0, PHP 7 6540 **/ 6541 public static function createFromFormat($format, $datetime, $timezone){} 6542 6543 /** 6544 * Returns new DateTime object encapsulating the given DateTimeImmutable 6545 * object 6546 * 6547 * @param DateTimeImmutable $object The immutable DateTimeImmutable 6548 * object that needs to be converted to a mutable version. This object 6549 * is not modified, but instead a new DateTime object is created 6550 * containing the same date, time, and timezone information. 6551 * @return DateTime Returns a new DateTime instance. 6552 * @since PHP 7 >= 7.3.0 6553 **/ 6554 public static function createFromImmutable($object){} 6555 6556 /** 6557 * Returns the difference between two DateTime objects 6558 * 6559 * Returns the difference between two DateTimeInterface objects. 6560 * 6561 * @param DateTimeInterface $targetObject The date to compare to. 6562 * @param bool $absolute Should the interval be forced to be positive? 6563 * @return DateInterval The DateInterval object represents the 6564 * difference between the two dates. 6565 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.3.0, PHP 7 6566 **/ 6567 public function diff($targetObject, $absolute){} 6568 6569 /** 6570 * Returns date formatted according to given format 6571 * 6572 * @param string $format The format of the outputted date string. See 6573 * the formatting options below. There are also several predefined date 6574 * constants that may be used instead, so for example DATE_RSS contains 6575 * the format string 'D, d M Y H:i:s'. 6576 * 6577 * The following characters are recognized in the {@link format} 6578 * parameter string {@link format} character Description Example 6579 * returned values Day --- --- d Day of the month, 2 digits with 6580 * leading zeros 01 to 31 D A textual representation of a day, three 6581 * letters Mon through Sun j Day of the month without leading zeros 1 6582 * to 31 l (lowercase 'L') A full textual representation of the day of 6583 * the week Sunday through Saturday N ISO-8601 numeric representation 6584 * of the day of the week (added in PHP 5.1.0) 1 (for Monday) through 7 6585 * (for Sunday) S English ordinal suffix for the day of the month, 2 6586 * characters st, nd, rd or th. Works well with j w Numeric 6587 * representation of the day of the week 0 (for Sunday) through 6 (for 6588 * Saturday) z The day of the year (starting from 0) 0 through 365 Week 6589 * --- --- W ISO-8601 week number of year, weeks starting on Monday 6590 * Example: 42 (the 42nd week in the year) Month --- --- F A full 6591 * textual representation of a month, such as January or March January 6592 * through December m Numeric representation of a month, with leading 6593 * zeros 01 through 12 M A short textual representation of a month, 6594 * three letters Jan through Dec n Numeric representation of a month, 6595 * without leading zeros 1 through 12 t Number of days in the given 6596 * month 28 through 31 Year --- --- L Whether it's a leap year 1 if it 6597 * is a leap year, 0 otherwise. o ISO-8601 week-numbering year. This 6598 * has the same value as Y, except that if the ISO week number (W) 6599 * belongs to the previous or next year, that year is used instead. 6600 * (added in PHP 5.1.0) Examples: 1999 or 2003 Y A full numeric 6601 * representation of a year, 4 digits Examples: 1999 or 2003 y A two 6602 * digit representation of a year Examples: 99 or 03 Time --- --- a 6603 * Lowercase Ante meridiem and Post meridiem am or pm A Uppercase Ante 6604 * meridiem and Post meridiem AM or PM B Swatch Internet time 000 6605 * through 999 g 12-hour format of an hour without leading zeros 1 6606 * through 12 G 24-hour format of an hour without leading zeros 0 6607 * through 23 h 12-hour format of an hour with leading zeros 01 through 6608 * 12 H 24-hour format of an hour with leading zeros 00 through 23 i 6609 * Minutes with leading zeros 00 to 59 s Seconds with leading zeros 00 6610 * through 59 u Microseconds (added in PHP 5.2.2). Note that {@link 6611 * date} will always generate 000000 since it takes an integer 6612 * parameter, whereas DateTime::format does support microseconds if 6613 * DateTime was created with microseconds. Example: 654321 v 6614 * Milliseconds (added in PHP 7.0.0). Same note applies as for u. 6615 * Example: 654 Timezone --- --- e Timezone identifier (added in PHP 6616 * 5.1.0) Examples: UTC, GMT, Atlantic/Azores I (capital i) Whether or 6617 * not the date is in daylight saving time 1 if Daylight Saving Time, 0 6618 * otherwise. O Difference to Greenwich time (GMT) without colon 6619 * between hours and minutes Example: +0200 P Difference to Greenwich 6620 * time (GMT) with colon between hours and minutes (added in PHP 5.1.3) 6621 * Example: +02:00 T Timezone abbreviation Examples: EST, MDT ... Z 6622 * Timezone offset in seconds. The offset for timezones west of UTC is 6623 * always negative, and for those east of UTC is always positive. 6624 * -43200 through 50400 Full Date/Time --- --- c ISO 8601 date (added 6625 * in PHP 5) 2004-02-12T15:19:21+00:00 r RFC 2822 formatted date 6626 * Example: Thu, 21 Dec 2000 16:01:07 +0200 U Seconds since the Unix 6627 * Epoch (January 1 1970 00:00:00 GMT) See also {@link time} 6628 * Unrecognized characters in the format string will be printed as-is. 6629 * The Z format will always return 0 when using {@link gmdate}. 6630 * @return string Returns the formatted date string on success. 6631 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.1, PHP 7 6632 **/ 6633 public function format($format){} 6634 6635 /** 6636 * Returns the warnings and errors 6637 * 6638 * Returns an array of warnings and errors found while parsing a 6639 * date/time string. 6640 * 6641 * @return array Returns array containing info about warnings and 6642 * errors. 6643 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.3.0, PHP 7 6644 **/ 6645 public static function getLastErrors(){} 6646 6647 /** 6648 * Returns the timezone offset 6649 * 6650 * @return int Returns the timezone offset in seconds from UTC on 6651 * success . 6652 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.1, PHP 7 6653 **/ 6654 public function getOffset(){} 6655 6656 /** 6657 * Gets the Unix timestamp 6658 * 6659 * @return int Returns the Unix timestamp representing the date. 6660 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.3.0, PHP 7 6661 **/ 6662 public function getTimestamp(){} 6663 6664 /** 6665 * Return time zone relative to given DateTime 6666 * 6667 * @return DateTimeZone Returns a DateTimeZone object on success . 6668 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.1, PHP 7 6669 **/ 6670 public function getTimezone(){} 6671 6672 /** 6673 * Alters the timestamp 6674 * 6675 * Alter the timestamp of a DateTime object by incrementing or 6676 * decrementing in a format accepted by {@link 6677 * DateTimeImmutable::__construct}. 6678 * 6679 * @param string $modifier 6680 * @return DateTime 6681 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.0, PHP 7 6682 **/ 6683 public function modify($modifier){} 6684 6685 /** 6686 * Sets the date 6687 * 6688 * Resets the current date of the DateTime object to a different date. 6689 * 6690 * @param int $year Year of the date. 6691 * @param int $month Month of the date. 6692 * @param int $day Day of the date. 6693 * @return DateTime 6694 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.0, PHP 7 6695 **/ 6696 public function setDate($year, $month, $day){} 6697 6698 /** 6699 * Sets the ISO date 6700 * 6701 * Set a date according to the ISO 8601 standard - using weeks and day 6702 * offsets rather than specific dates. 6703 * 6704 * @param int $year Year of the date. 6705 * @param int $week Week of the date. 6706 * @param int $dayOfWeek Offset from the first day of the week. 6707 * @return DateTime 6708 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.0, PHP 7 6709 **/ 6710 public function setISODate($year, $week, $dayOfWeek){} 6711 6712 /** 6713 * Sets the time 6714 * 6715 * Resets the current time of the DateTime object to a different time. 6716 * 6717 * @param int $hour Hour of the time. 6718 * @param int $minute Minute of the time. 6719 * @param int $second Second of the time. 6720 * @param int $microsecond Microsecond of the time. 6721 * @return DateTime 6722 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.0, PHP 7 6723 **/ 6724 public function setTime($hour, $minute, $second, $microsecond){} 6725 6726 /** 6727 * Sets the date and time based on an Unix timestamp 6728 * 6729 * @param int $timestamp Unix timestamp representing the date. 6730 * @return DateTime 6731 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.3.0, PHP 7 6732 **/ 6733 public function setTimestamp($timestamp){} 6734 6735 /** 6736 * Sets the time zone for the DateTime object 6737 * 6738 * Sets a new timezone for a DateTime object. 6739 * 6740 * @param DateTimeZone $timezone A DateTimeZone object representing the 6741 * desired time zone. 6742 * @return DateTime 6743 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.0, PHP 7 6744 **/ 6745 public function setTimezone($timezone){} 6746 6747 /** 6748 * Subtracts an amount of days, months, years, hours, minutes and seconds 6749 * from a DateTime object 6750 * 6751 * Subtracts the specified DateInterval object from the specified 6752 * DateTime object. 6753 * 6754 * @param DateInterval $interval A DateInterval object 6755 * @return DateTime 6756 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.3.0, PHP 7 6757 **/ 6758 public function sub($interval){} 6759 6760 /** 6761 * The __set_state handler 6762 * 6763 * The __set_state() handler. 6764 * 6765 * @param array $array Initialization array. 6766 * @return DateTime Returns a new instance of a DateTime object. 6767 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.3.0, PHP 7 6768 **/ 6769 public static function __set_state($array){} 6770 6771 /** 6772 * The __wakeup handler 6773 * 6774 * The __wakeup() handler. 6775 * 6776 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.3.0, PHP 7 6777 **/ 6778 public function __wakeup(){} 6779 6780 } 6781 /** 6782 * Representation of date and time. 6783 **/ 6784 class DateTimeImmutable implements DateTimeInterface { 6785 /** 6786 * Adds an amount of days, months, years, hours, minutes and seconds 6787 * 6788 * Like DateTime::add but works with DateTimeImmutable. 6789 * 6790 * @param DateInterval $interval 6791 * @return DateTimeImmutable 6792 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.5.0, PHP 7 6793 **/ 6794 public function add($interval){} 6795 6796 /** 6797 * Parses a time string according to a specified format 6798 * 6799 * Like DateTime::createFromFormat but works with DateTimeImmutable. 6800 * 6801 * @param string $format 6802 * @param string $datetime 6803 * @param DateTimeZone $timezone 6804 * @return DateTimeImmutable 6805 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.5.0, PHP 7 6806 **/ 6807 public static function createFromFormat($format, $datetime, $timezone){} 6808 6809 /** 6810 * Returns new DateTimeImmutable object encapsulating the given DateTime 6811 * object 6812 * 6813 * @param DateTime $object The mutable DateTime object that you want to 6814 * convert to an immutable version. This object is not modified, but 6815 * instead a new DateTimeImmutable object is created containing the 6816 * same date time and timezone information. 6817 * @return DateTimeImmutable Returns a new DateTimeImmutable instance. 6818 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.6.0, PHP 7 6819 **/ 6820 public static function createFromMutable($object){} 6821 6822 /** 6823 * Returns the difference between two DateTime objects 6824 * 6825 * Returns the difference between two DateTimeInterface objects. 6826 * 6827 * @param DateTimeInterface $targetObject The date to compare to. 6828 * @param bool $absolute Should the interval be forced to be positive? 6829 * @return DateInterval The DateInterval object represents the 6830 * difference between the two dates. 6831 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.5.0, PHP 7 6832 **/ 6833 public function diff($targetObject, $absolute){} 6834 6835 /** 6836 * Returns date formatted according to given format 6837 * 6838 * @param string $format The format of the outputted date string. See 6839 * the formatting options below. There are also several predefined date 6840 * constants that may be used instead, so for example DATE_RSS contains 6841 * the format string 'D, d M Y H:i:s'. 6842 * 6843 * The following characters are recognized in the {@link format} 6844 * parameter string {@link format} character Description Example 6845 * returned values Day --- --- d Day of the month, 2 digits with 6846 * leading zeros 01 to 31 D A textual representation of a day, three 6847 * letters Mon through Sun j Day of the month without leading zeros 1 6848 * to 31 l (lowercase 'L') A full textual representation of the day of 6849 * the week Sunday through Saturday N ISO-8601 numeric representation 6850 * of the day of the week (added in PHP 5.1.0) 1 (for Monday) through 7 6851 * (for Sunday) S English ordinal suffix for the day of the month, 2 6852 * characters st, nd, rd or th. Works well with j w Numeric 6853 * representation of the day of the week 0 (for Sunday) through 6 (for 6854 * Saturday) z The day of the year (starting from 0) 0 through 365 Week 6855 * --- --- W ISO-8601 week number of year, weeks starting on Monday 6856 * Example: 42 (the 42nd week in the year) Month --- --- F A full 6857 * textual representation of a month, such as January or March January 6858 * through December m Numeric representation of a month, with leading 6859 * zeros 01 through 12 M A short textual representation of a month, 6860 * three letters Jan through Dec n Numeric representation of a month, 6861 * without leading zeros 1 through 12 t Number of days in the given 6862 * month 28 through 31 Year --- --- L Whether it's a leap year 1 if it 6863 * is a leap year, 0 otherwise. o ISO-8601 week-numbering year. This 6864 * has the same value as Y, except that if the ISO week number (W) 6865 * belongs to the previous or next year, that year is used instead. 6866 * (added in PHP 5.1.0) Examples: 1999 or 2003 Y A full numeric 6867 * representation of a year, 4 digits Examples: 1999 or 2003 y A two 6868 * digit representation of a year Examples: 99 or 03 Time --- --- a 6869 * Lowercase Ante meridiem and Post meridiem am or pm A Uppercase Ante 6870 * meridiem and Post meridiem AM or PM B Swatch Internet time 000 6871 * through 999 g 12-hour format of an hour without leading zeros 1 6872 * through 12 G 24-hour format of an hour without leading zeros 0 6873 * through 23 h 12-hour format of an hour with leading zeros 01 through 6874 * 12 H 24-hour format of an hour with leading zeros 00 through 23 i 6875 * Minutes with leading zeros 00 to 59 s Seconds with leading zeros 00 6876 * through 59 u Microseconds (added in PHP 5.2.2). Note that {@link 6877 * date} will always generate 000000 since it takes an integer 6878 * parameter, whereas DateTime::format does support microseconds if 6879 * DateTime was created with microseconds. Example: 654321 v 6880 * Milliseconds (added in PHP 7.0.0). Same note applies as for u. 6881 * Example: 654 Timezone --- --- e Timezone identifier (added in PHP 6882 * 5.1.0) Examples: UTC, GMT, Atlantic/Azores I (capital i) Whether or 6883 * not the date is in daylight saving time 1 if Daylight Saving Time, 0 6884 * otherwise. O Difference to Greenwich time (GMT) without colon 6885 * between hours and minutes Example: +0200 P Difference to Greenwich 6886 * time (GMT) with colon between hours and minutes (added in PHP 5.1.3) 6887 * Example: +02:00 T Timezone abbreviation Examples: EST, MDT ... Z 6888 * Timezone offset in seconds. The offset for timezones west of UTC is 6889 * always negative, and for those east of UTC is always positive. 6890 * -43200 through 50400 Full Date/Time --- --- c ISO 8601 date (added 6891 * in PHP 5) 2004-02-12T15:19:21+00:00 r RFC 2822 formatted date 6892 * Example: Thu, 21 Dec 2000 16:01:07 +0200 U Seconds since the Unix 6893 * Epoch (January 1 1970 00:00:00 GMT) See also {@link time} 6894 * Unrecognized characters in the format string will be printed as-is. 6895 * The Z format will always return 0 when using {@link gmdate}. 6896 * @return string Returns the formatted date string on success. 6897 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.5.0, PHP 7 6898 **/ 6899 public function format($format){} 6900 6901 /** 6902 * Returns the warnings and errors 6903 * 6904 * Like DateTime::getLastErrors but works with DateTimeImmutable. 6905 * 6906 * @return array 6907 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.5.0, PHP 7 6908 **/ 6909 public static function getLastErrors(){} 6910 6911 /** 6912 * Returns the timezone offset 6913 * 6914 * @return int Returns the timezone offset in seconds from UTC on 6915 * success . 6916 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.5.0, PHP 7 6917 **/ 6918 public function getOffset(){} 6919 6920 /** 6921 * Gets the Unix timestamp 6922 * 6923 * @return int Returns the Unix timestamp representing the date. 6924 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.5.0, PHP 7 6925 **/ 6926 public function getTimestamp(){} 6927 6928 /** 6929 * Return time zone relative to given DateTime 6930 * 6931 * @return DateTimeZone Returns a DateTimeZone object on success . 6932 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.5.0, PHP 7 6933 **/ 6934 public function getTimezone(){} 6935 6936 /** 6937 * Creates a new object with modified timestamp 6938 * 6939 * Creates a new DateTimeImmutable object with modified timestamp. The 6940 * original object is not modified. 6941 * 6942 * @param string $modifier 6943 * @return DateTimeImmutable Returns the newly created object. 6944 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.5.0, PHP 7 6945 **/ 6946 public function modify($modifier){} 6947 6948 /** 6949 * Sets the date 6950 * 6951 * Like DateTime::setDate but works with DateTimeImmutable. 6952 * 6953 * @param int $year 6954 * @param int $month 6955 * @param int $day 6956 * @return DateTimeImmutable 6957 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.5.0, PHP 7 6958 **/ 6959 public function setDate($year, $month, $day){} 6960 6961 /** 6962 * Sets the ISO date 6963 * 6964 * Like DateTime::setISODate but works with DateTimeImmutable. 6965 * 6966 * @param int $year 6967 * @param int $week 6968 * @param int $day 6969 * @return DateTimeImmutable 6970 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.5.0, PHP 7 6971 **/ 6972 public function setISODate($year, $week, $day){} 6973 6974 /** 6975 * Sets the time 6976 * 6977 * Like DateTime::setTime but works with DateTimeImmutable. 6978 * 6979 * @param int $hour 6980 * @param int $minute 6981 * @param int $second 6982 * @param int $microsecond 6983 * @return DateTimeImmutable 6984 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.5.0, PHP 7 6985 **/ 6986 public function setTime($hour, $minute, $second, $microsecond){} 6987 6988 /** 6989 * Sets the date and time based on a Unix timestamp 6990 * 6991 * Like DateTime::setTimestamp but works with DateTimeImmutable. 6992 * 6993 * @param int $timestamp 6994 * @return DateTimeImmutable 6995 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.5.0, PHP 7 6996 **/ 6997 public function setTimestamp($timestamp){} 6998 6999 /** 7000 * Sets the time zone 7001 * 7002 * Like DateTime::setTimezone but works with DateTimeImmutable. 7003 * 7004 * @param DateTimeZone $timezone 7005 * @return DateTimeImmutable 7006 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.5.0, PHP 7 7007 **/ 7008 public function setTimezone($timezone){} 7009 7010 /** 7011 * Subtracts an amount of days, months, years, hours, minutes and seconds 7012 * 7013 * Like DateTime::sub but works with DateTimeImmutable. 7014 * 7015 * @param DateInterval $interval 7016 * @return DateTimeImmutable 7017 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.5.0, PHP 7 7018 **/ 7019 public function sub($interval){} 7020 7021 /** 7022 * The __set_state handler 7023 * 7024 * Like DateTime::__set_state but works with DateTimeImmutable. 7025 * 7026 * @param array $array 7027 * @return DateTimeImmutable 7028 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.5.0, PHP 7 7029 **/ 7030 public static function __set_state($array){} 7031 7032 /** 7033 * The __wakeup handler 7034 * 7035 * The __wakeup() handler. 7036 * 7037 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.5.0, PHP 7 7038 **/ 7039 public function __wakeup(){} 7040 7041 } 7042 /** 7043 * DateTimeInterface is meant so that both DateTime and DateTimeImmutable 7044 * can be type hinted for. It is not possible to implement this interface 7045 * with userland classes. 7.2.0 The class constants of DateTime are now 7046 * defined on DateTimeInterface. 5.5.8 Trying to implement 7047 * DateTimeInterface raises a fatal error now. Formerly implementing the 7048 * interface didn't raise an error, but the behavior was erroneous. 7049 **/ 7050 interface DateTimeInterface { 7051 /** 7052 * @var string 7053 **/ 7054 const ATOM = ''; 7055 7056 /** 7057 * @var string 7058 **/ 7059 const COOKIE = ''; 7060 7061 /** 7062 * @var string 7063 **/ 7064 const ISO8601 = ''; 7065 7066 /** 7067 * @var string 7068 **/ 7069 const RFC822 = ''; 7070 7071 /** 7072 * @var string 7073 **/ 7074 const RFC850 = ''; 7075 7076 /** 7077 * @var string 7078 **/ 7079 const RFC1036 = ''; 7080 7081 /** 7082 * @var string 7083 **/ 7084 const RFC1123 = ''; 7085 7086 /** 7087 * @var string 7088 **/ 7089 const RFC2822 = ''; 7090 7091 /** 7092 * @var string 7093 **/ 7094 const RFC3339 = ''; 7095 7096 /** 7097 * @var string 7098 **/ 7099 const RFC3339_EXTENDED = ''; 7100 7101 /** 7102 * @var string 7103 **/ 7104 const RFC7231 = ''; 7105 7106 /** 7107 * @var string 7108 **/ 7109 const RSS = ''; 7110 7111 /** 7112 * @var string 7113 **/ 7114 const W3C = ''; 7115 7116 /** 7117 * Returns the difference between two DateTime objects 7118 * 7119 * Returns the difference between two DateTimeInterface objects. 7120 * 7121 * @param DateTimeInterface $targetObject The date to compare to. 7122 * @param bool $absolute Should the interval be forced to be positive? 7123 * @return DateInterval The DateInterval object represents the 7124 * difference between the two dates. 7125 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.3.0, PHP 7 7126 **/ 7127 public function diff($targetObject, $absolute); 7128 7129 /** 7130 * Returns date formatted according to given format 7131 * 7132 * @param string $format The format of the outputted date string. See 7133 * the formatting options below. There are also several predefined date 7134 * constants that may be used instead, so for example DATE_RSS contains 7135 * the format string 'D, d M Y H:i:s'. 7136 * 7137 * The following characters are recognized in the {@link format} 7138 * parameter string {@link format} character Description Example 7139 * returned values Day --- --- d Day of the month, 2 digits with 7140 * leading zeros 01 to 31 D A textual representation of a day, three 7141 * letters Mon through Sun j Day of the month without leading zeros 1 7142 * to 31 l (lowercase 'L') A full textual representation of the day of 7143 * the week Sunday through Saturday N ISO-8601 numeric representation 7144 * of the day of the week (added in PHP 5.1.0) 1 (for Monday) through 7 7145 * (for Sunday) S English ordinal suffix for the day of the month, 2 7146 * characters st, nd, rd or th. Works well with j w Numeric 7147 * representation of the day of the week 0 (for Sunday) through 6 (for 7148 * Saturday) z The day of the year (starting from 0) 0 through 365 Week 7149 * --- --- W ISO-8601 week number of year, weeks starting on Monday 7150 * Example: 42 (the 42nd week in the year) Month --- --- F A full 7151 * textual representation of a month, such as January or March January 7152 * through December m Numeric representation of a month, with leading 7153 * zeros 01 through 12 M A short textual representation of a month, 7154 * three letters Jan through Dec n Numeric representation of a month, 7155 * without leading zeros 1 through 12 t Number of days in the given 7156 * month 28 through 31 Year --- --- L Whether it's a leap year 1 if it 7157 * is a leap year, 0 otherwise. o ISO-8601 week-numbering year. This 7158 * has the same value as Y, except that if the ISO week number (W) 7159 * belongs to the previous or next year, that year is used instead. 7160 * (added in PHP 5.1.0) Examples: 1999 or 2003 Y A full numeric 7161 * representation of a year, 4 digits Examples: 1999 or 2003 y A two 7162 * digit representation of a year Examples: 99 or 03 Time --- --- a 7163 * Lowercase Ante meridiem and Post meridiem am or pm A Uppercase Ante 7164 * meridiem and Post meridiem AM or PM B Swatch Internet time 000 7165 * through 999 g 12-hour format of an hour without leading zeros 1 7166 * through 12 G 24-hour format of an hour without leading zeros 0 7167 * through 23 h 12-hour format of an hour with leading zeros 01 through 7168 * 12 H 24-hour format of an hour with leading zeros 00 through 23 i 7169 * Minutes with leading zeros 00 to 59 s Seconds with leading zeros 00 7170 * through 59 u Microseconds (added in PHP 5.2.2). Note that {@link 7171 * date} will always generate 000000 since it takes an integer 7172 * parameter, whereas DateTime::format does support microseconds if 7173 * DateTime was created with microseconds. Example: 654321 v 7174 * Milliseconds (added in PHP 7.0.0). Same note applies as for u. 7175 * Example: 654 Timezone --- --- e Timezone identifier (added in PHP 7176 * 5.1.0) Examples: UTC, GMT, Atlantic/Azores I (capital i) Whether or 7177 * not the date is in daylight saving time 1 if Daylight Saving Time, 0 7178 * otherwise. O Difference to Greenwich time (GMT) without colon 7179 * between hours and minutes Example: +0200 P Difference to Greenwich 7180 * time (GMT) with colon between hours and minutes (added in PHP 5.1.3) 7181 * Example: +02:00 T Timezone abbreviation Examples: EST, MDT ... Z 7182 * Timezone offset in seconds. The offset for timezones west of UTC is 7183 * always negative, and for those east of UTC is always positive. 7184 * -43200 through 50400 Full Date/Time --- --- c ISO 8601 date (added 7185 * in PHP 5) 2004-02-12T15:19:21+00:00 r RFC 2822 formatted date 7186 * Example: Thu, 21 Dec 2000 16:01:07 +0200 U Seconds since the Unix 7187 * Epoch (January 1 1970 00:00:00 GMT) See also {@link time} 7188 * Unrecognized characters in the format string will be printed as-is. 7189 * The Z format will always return 0 when using {@link gmdate}. 7190 * @return string Returns the formatted date string on success. 7191 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.0, PHP 7 7192 **/ 7193 public function format($format); 7194 7195 /** 7196 * Returns the timezone offset 7197 * 7198 * @return int Returns the timezone offset in seconds from UTC on 7199 * success . 7200 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.0, PHP 7 7201 **/ 7202 public function getOffset(); 7203 7204 /** 7205 * Gets the Unix timestamp 7206 * 7207 * @return int Returns the Unix timestamp representing the date. 7208 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.3.0, PHP 7 7209 **/ 7210 public function getTimestamp(); 7211 7212 /** 7213 * Return time zone relative to given DateTime 7214 * 7215 * @return DateTimeZone Returns a DateTimeZone object on success . 7216 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.0, PHP 7 7217 **/ 7218 public function getTimezone(); 7219 7220 /** 7221 * The __wakeup handler 7222 * 7223 * The __wakeup() handler. 7224 * 7225 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.0, PHP 7 7226 **/ 7227 public function __wakeup(); 7228 7229 } 7230 /** 7231 * Representation of time zone. 7232 **/ 7233 class DateTimeZone { 7234 /** 7235 * Africa time zones. 7236 * 7237 * @var integer 7238 **/ 7239 const AFRICA = 0; 7240 7241 /** 7242 * All time zones. 7243 * 7244 * @var integer 7245 **/ 7246 const ALL = 0; 7247 7248 /** 7249 * @var integer 7250 **/ 7251 const ALL_WITH_BC = 0; 7252 7253 /** 7254 * America time zones. 7255 * 7256 * @var integer 7257 **/ 7258 const AMERICA = 0; 7259 7260 /** 7261 * Antarctica time zones. 7262 * 7263 * @var integer 7264 **/ 7265 const ANTARCTICA = 0; 7266 7267 /** 7268 * Arctic time zones. 7269 * 7270 * @var integer 7271 **/ 7272 const ARCTIC = 0; 7273 7274 /** 7275 * Asia time zones. 7276 * 7277 * @var integer 7278 **/ 7279 const ASIA = 0; 7280 7281 /** 7282 * Atlantic time zones. 7283 * 7284 * @var integer 7285 **/ 7286 const ATLANTIC = 0; 7287 7288 /** 7289 * Australia time zones. 7290 * 7291 * @var integer 7292 **/ 7293 const AUSTRALIA = 0; 7294 7295 /** 7296 * Europe time zones. 7297 * 7298 * @var integer 7299 **/ 7300 const EUROPE = 0; 7301 7302 /** 7303 * Indian time zones. 7304 * 7305 * @var integer 7306 **/ 7307 const INDIAN = 0; 7308 7309 /** 7310 * Pacific time zones. 7311 * 7312 * @var integer 7313 **/ 7314 const PACIFIC = 0; 7315 7316 /** 7317 * @var integer 7318 **/ 7319 const PER_COUNTRY = 0; 7320 7321 /** 7322 * UTC time zones. 7323 * 7324 * @var integer 7325 **/ 7326 const UTC = 0; 7327 7328 /** 7329 * Returns location information for a timezone 7330 * 7331 * Returns location information for a timezone, including country code, 7332 * latitude/longitude and comments. 7333 * 7334 * @return array Array containing location information about timezone. 7335 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.3.0, PHP 7 7336 **/ 7337 public function getLocation(){} 7338 7339 /** 7340 * Returns the name of the timezone 7341 * 7342 * @return string One of the timezone names in the list of timezones. 7343 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.0, PHP 7 7344 **/ 7345 public function getName(){} 7346 7347 /** 7348 * Returns the timezone offset from GMT 7349 * 7350 * This function returns the offset to GMT for the date/time specified in 7351 * the {@link datetime} parameter. The GMT offset is calculated with the 7352 * timezone information contained in the DateTimeZone object being used. 7353 * 7354 * @param DateTimeInterface $datetime DateTime that contains the 7355 * date/time to compute the offset from. 7356 * @return int Returns time zone offset in seconds on success. 7357 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.0, PHP 7 7358 **/ 7359 public function getOffset($datetime){} 7360 7361 /** 7362 * Returns all transitions for the timezone 7363 * 7364 * @param int $timestampBegin Begin timestamp. 7365 * @param int $timestampEnd End timestamp. 7366 * @return array Returns numerically indexed array containing 7367 * associative array with all transitions on success. 7368 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.0, PHP 7 7369 **/ 7370 public function getTransitions($timestampBegin, $timestampEnd){} 7371 7372 /** 7373 * Returns associative array containing dst, offset and the timezone name 7374 * 7375 * @return array Returns array on success. 7376 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.0, PHP 7 7377 **/ 7378 public static function listAbbreviations(){} 7379 7380 /** 7381 * Returns a numerically indexed array containing all defined timezone 7382 * identifiers 7383 * 7384 * @param int $timezoneGroup One of the DateTimeZone class constants 7385 * (or a combination). 7386 * @param string $countryCode A two-letter ISO 3166-1 compatible 7387 * country code. 7388 * @return array Returns array on success. 7389 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.0, PHP 7 7390 **/ 7391 public static function listIdentifiers($timezoneGroup, $countryCode){} 7392 7393 } 7394 /** 7395 * Created by {@link dir}. 7396 **/ 7397 class Directory { 7398 /** 7399 * Can be used with other directory functions such as {@link readdir}, 7400 * {@link rewinddir} and {@link closedir}. 7401 * 7402 * @var resource 7403 **/ 7404 public $handle; 7405 7406 /** 7407 * The directory that was opened. 7408 * 7409 * @var string 7410 **/ 7411 public $path; 7412 7413 /** 7414 * Close directory handle 7415 * 7416 * Same as {@link closedir}, only dir_handle defaults to $this->handle. 7417 * 7418 * @param resource $dir_handle 7419 * @return void 7420 * @since PHP 4, PHP 5, PHP 7 7421 **/ 7422 public function close($dir_handle){} 7423 7424 /** 7425 * Read entry from directory handle 7426 * 7427 * Same as {@link readdir}, only dir_handle defaults to $this->handle. 7428 * 7429 * @param resource $dir_handle 7430 * @return string 7431 * @since PHP 4, PHP 5, PHP 7 7432 **/ 7433 public function read($dir_handle){} 7434 7435 /** 7436 * Rewind directory handle 7437 * 7438 * Same as {@link rewinddir}, only dir_handle defaults to $this->handle. 7439 * 7440 * @param resource $dir_handle 7441 * @return void 7442 * @since PHP 4, PHP 5, PHP 7 7443 **/ 7444 public function rewind($dir_handle){} 7445 7446 } 7447 /** 7448 * The DirectoryIterator class provides a simple interface for viewing 7449 * the contents of filesystem directories. 5.1.2 DirectoryIterator 7450 * extends SplFileInfo. 7451 **/ 7452 class DirectoryIterator extends SplFileInfo implements SeekableIterator { 7453 /** 7454 * Return the current DirectoryIterator item 7455 * 7456 * Get the current DirectoryIterator item. 7457 * 7458 * @return DirectoryIterator The current DirectoryIterator item. 7459 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 7460 **/ 7461 public function current(){} 7462 7463 /** 7464 * Get last access time of the current DirectoryIterator item 7465 * 7466 * Get the last access time of the current DirectoryIterator item. 7467 * 7468 * @return int Returns the time the file was last accessed, as a Unix 7469 * timestamp. 7470 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 7471 **/ 7472 public function getATime(){} 7473 7474 /** 7475 * Get base name of current DirectoryIterator item 7476 * 7477 * Get the base name of the current DirectoryIterator item. 7478 * 7479 * @param string $suffix If the base name ends in {@link suffix}, this 7480 * will be cut. 7481 * @return string The base name of the current DirectoryIterator item. 7482 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.2, PHP 7 7483 **/ 7484 public function getBasename($suffix){} 7485 7486 /** 7487 * Get inode change time of the current DirectoryIterator item 7488 * 7489 * Get the inode change time for the current DirectoryIterator item. 7490 * 7491 * @return int Returns the last change time of the file, as a Unix 7492 * timestamp. 7493 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 7494 **/ 7495 public function getCTime(){} 7496 7497 /** 7498 * Gets the file extension 7499 * 7500 * Retrieves the file extension. 7501 * 7502 * @return string Returns a string containing the file extension, or an 7503 * empty string if the file has no extension. 7504 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.3.6, PHP 7 7505 **/ 7506 public function getExtension(){} 7507 7508 /** 7509 * Return file name of current DirectoryIterator item 7510 * 7511 * Get the file name of the current DirectoryIterator item. 7512 * 7513 * @return string Returns the file name of the current 7514 * DirectoryIterator item. 7515 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 7516 **/ 7517 public function getFilename(){} 7518 7519 /** 7520 * Get group for the current DirectoryIterator item 7521 * 7522 * Get the group id of the file. 7523 * 7524 * @return int Returns the group id of the current DirectoryIterator 7525 * item in numerical format. 7526 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 7527 **/ 7528 public function getGroup(){} 7529 7530 /** 7531 * Get inode for the current DirectoryIterator item 7532 * 7533 * Get the inode number for the current DirectoryIterator item. 7534 * 7535 * @return int Returns the inode number for the file. 7536 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 7537 **/ 7538 public function getInode(){} 7539 7540 /** 7541 * Get last modification time of current DirectoryIterator item 7542 * 7543 * Get the last modification time of the current DirectoryIterator item, 7544 * as a Unix timestamp. 7545 * 7546 * @return int The last modification time of the file, as a Unix 7547 * timestamp. 7548 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 7549 **/ 7550 public function getMTime(){} 7551 7552 /** 7553 * Get owner of current DirectoryIterator item 7554 * 7555 * Get the owner of the current DirectoryIterator item, in numerical 7556 * format. 7557 * 7558 * @return int The file owner of the file, in numerical format. 7559 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 7560 **/ 7561 public function getOwner(){} 7562 7563 /** 7564 * Get path of current Iterator item without filename 7565 * 7566 * Get the path to the current DirectoryIterator item. 7567 * 7568 * @return string Returns the path to the file, omitting the file name 7569 * and any trailing slash. 7570 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 7571 **/ 7572 public function getPath(){} 7573 7574 /** 7575 * Return path and file name of current DirectoryIterator item 7576 * 7577 * Get the path and file name of the current file. 7578 * 7579 * @return string Returns the path and file name of current file. 7580 * Directories do not have a trailing slash. 7581 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 7582 **/ 7583 public function getPathname(){} 7584 7585 /** 7586 * Get the permissions of current DirectoryIterator item 7587 * 7588 * Get the permissions of the current DirectoryIterator item. 7589 * 7590 * @return int Returns the permissions of the file, as a decimal 7591 * integer. 7592 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 7593 **/ 7594 public function getPerms(){} 7595 7596 /** 7597 * Get size of current DirectoryIterator item 7598 * 7599 * Get the file size for the current DirectoryIterator item. 7600 * 7601 * @return int Returns the size of the file, in bytes. 7602 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 7603 **/ 7604 public function getSize(){} 7605 7606 /** 7607 * Determine the type of the current DirectoryIterator item 7608 * 7609 * Determines which file type the current DirectoryIterator item belongs 7610 * to. One of file, link, or dir. 7611 * 7612 * @return string Returns a string representing the type of the file. 7613 * May be one of file, link, or dir. 7614 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 7615 **/ 7616 public function getType(){} 7617 7618 /** 7619 * Determine if current DirectoryIterator item is a directory 7620 * 7621 * Determines if the current DirectoryIterator item is a directory. 7622 * 7623 * @return bool Returns TRUE if it is a directory, otherwise FALSE 7624 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 7625 **/ 7626 public function isDir(){} 7627 7628 /** 7629 * Determine if current DirectoryIterator item is '.' or '..' 7630 * 7631 * Determines if the current DirectoryIterator item is a directory and 7632 * either . or .. 7633 * 7634 * @return bool TRUE if the entry is . or .., otherwise FALSE 7635 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 7636 **/ 7637 public function isDot(){} 7638 7639 /** 7640 * Determine if current DirectoryIterator item is executable 7641 * 7642 * Determines if the current DirectoryIterator item is executable. 7643 * 7644 * @return bool Returns TRUE if the entry is executable, otherwise 7645 * FALSE 7646 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 7647 **/ 7648 public function isExecutable(){} 7649 7650 /** 7651 * Determine if current DirectoryIterator item is a regular file 7652 * 7653 * Determines if the current DirectoryIterator item is a regular file. 7654 * 7655 * @return bool Returns TRUE if the file exists and is a regular file 7656 * (not a link or dir), otherwise FALSE 7657 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 7658 **/ 7659 public function isFile(){} 7660 7661 /** 7662 * Determine if current DirectoryIterator item is a symbolic link 7663 * 7664 * Determines if the current DirectoryIterator item is a symbolic link. 7665 * 7666 * @return bool Returns TRUE if the item is a symbolic link, otherwise 7667 * FALSE 7668 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 7669 **/ 7670 public function isLink(){} 7671 7672 /** 7673 * Determine if current DirectoryIterator item can be read 7674 * 7675 * Determines if the current DirectoryIterator item is readable. 7676 * 7677 * @return bool Returns TRUE if the file is readable, otherwise FALSE 7678 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 7679 **/ 7680 public function isReadable(){} 7681 7682 /** 7683 * Determine if current DirectoryIterator item can be written to 7684 * 7685 * Determines if the current DirectoryIterator item is writable. 7686 * 7687 * @return bool Returns TRUE if the file/directory is writable, 7688 * otherwise FALSE 7689 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 7690 **/ 7691 public function isWritable(){} 7692 7693 /** 7694 * Return the key for the current DirectoryIterator item 7695 * 7696 * Get the key for the current DirectoryIterator item. 7697 * 7698 * @return string The key for the current DirectoryIterator item. 7699 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 7700 **/ 7701 public function key(){} 7702 7703 /** 7704 * Move forward to next DirectoryIterator item 7705 * 7706 * Move forward to the next DirectoryIterator item. 7707 * 7708 * @return void 7709 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 7710 **/ 7711 public function next(){} 7712 7713 /** 7714 * Rewind the DirectoryIterator back to the start 7715 * 7716 * Rewind the DirectoryIterator back to the start. 7717 * 7718 * @return void 7719 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 7720 **/ 7721 public function rewind(){} 7722 7723 /** 7724 * Seek to a DirectoryIterator item 7725 * 7726 * Seek to a given position in the DirectoryIterator. 7727 * 7728 * @param int $position The zero-based numeric position to seek to. 7729 * @return void 7730 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.3.0, PHP 7 7731 **/ 7732 public function seek($position){} 7733 7734 /** 7735 * Check whether current DirectoryIterator position is a valid file 7736 * 7737 * Check whether current DirectoryIterator position is a valid file. 7738 * 7739 * @return bool Returns TRUE if the position is valid, otherwise FALSE 7740 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 7741 **/ 7742 public function valid(){} 7743 7744 /** 7745 * Get file name as a string 7746 * 7747 * Get the file name of the current DirectoryIterator item. 7748 * 7749 * @return string Returns the file name of the current 7750 * DirectoryIterator item. 7751 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 7752 **/ 7753 public function __toString(){} 7754 7755 } 7756 /** 7757 * DivisionByZeroError is thrown when an attempt is made to divide a 7758 * number by zero. 7759 **/ 7760 class DivisionByZeroError extends ArithmeticError { 7761 } 7762 /** 7763 * Exception thrown if a value does not adhere to a defined valid data 7764 * domain. 7765 **/ 7766 class DomainException extends LogicException { 7767 } 7768 /** 7769 * DOMAttr represents an attribute in the DOMElement object. 7770 **/ 7771 class DomAttr extends DOMNode { 7772 /** 7773 * The name of the attribute 7774 * 7775 * @var string 7776 **/ 7777 public $name; 7778 7779 /** 7780 * @var DOMElement 7781 **/ 7782 public $ownerElement; 7783 7784 /** 7785 * @var bool 7786 **/ 7787 public $schemaTypeInfo; 7788 7789 /** 7790 * Not implemented yet, always is NULL 7791 * 7792 * @var bool 7793 **/ 7794 public $specified; 7795 7796 /** 7797 * The value of the attribute 7798 * 7799 * @var string 7800 **/ 7801 public $value; 7802 7803 /** 7804 * Checks if attribute is a defined ID 7805 * 7806 * This function checks if the attribute is a defined ID. 7807 * 7808 * According to the DOM standard this requires a DTD which defines the 7809 * attribute ID to be of type ID. You need to validate your document with 7810 * or DOMDocument::validateOnParse before using this function. 7811 * 7812 * @return bool 7813 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 7814 **/ 7815 public function isId(){} 7816 7817 /** 7818 * Creates a new object 7819 * 7820 * Creates a new DOMAttr object. This object is read only. It may be 7821 * appended to a document, but additional nodes may not be appended to 7822 * this node until the node is associated with a document. To create a 7823 * writable node, use . 7824 * 7825 * @param string $name The tag name of the attribute. 7826 * @param string $value The value of the attribute. 7827 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 7828 **/ 7829 public function __construct($name, $value){} 7830 7831 } 7832 /** 7833 * The DOMCdataSection inherits from DOMText for textural representation 7834 * of CData constructs. 7835 **/ 7836 class DOMCdataSection extends DOMText { 7837 } 7838 /** 7839 * Represents nodes with character data. No nodes directly correspond to 7840 * this class, but other nodes do inherit from it. 7841 **/ 7842 class DomCharacterData extends DOMNode { 7843 /** 7844 * The contents of the node. 7845 * 7846 * @var string 7847 **/ 7848 public $data; 7849 7850 /** 7851 * The length of the contents. 7852 * 7853 * @var int 7854 **/ 7855 public $length; 7856 7857 /** 7858 * Append the string to the end of the character data of the node 7859 * 7860 * Append the string {@link data} to the end of the character data of the 7861 * node. 7862 * 7863 * @param string $data The string to append. 7864 * @return void 7865 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 7866 **/ 7867 public function appendData($data){} 7868 7869 /** 7870 * Remove a range of characters from the node 7871 * 7872 * Deletes {@link count} characters starting from position {@link 7873 * offset}. 7874 * 7875 * @param int $offset The offset from which to start removing. 7876 * @param int $count The number of characters to delete. If the sum of 7877 * {@link offset} and {@link count} exceeds the length, then all 7878 * characters to the end of the data are deleted. 7879 * @return void 7880 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 7881 **/ 7882 public function deleteData($offset, $count){} 7883 7884 /** 7885 * Insert a string at the specified 16-bit unit offset 7886 * 7887 * Inserts string {@link data} at position {@link offset}. 7888 * 7889 * @param int $offset The character offset at which to insert. 7890 * @param string $data The string to insert. 7891 * @return void 7892 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 7893 **/ 7894 public function insertData($offset, $data){} 7895 7896 /** 7897 * Replace a substring within the DOMCharacterData node 7898 * 7899 * Replace {@link count} characters starting from position {@link offset} 7900 * with {@link data}. 7901 * 7902 * @param int $offset The offset from which to start replacing. 7903 * @param int $count The number of characters to replace. If the sum of 7904 * {@link offset} and {@link count} exceeds the length, then all 7905 * characters to the end of the data are replaced. 7906 * @param string $data The string with which the range must be 7907 * replaced. 7908 * @return void 7909 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 7910 **/ 7911 public function replaceData($offset, $count, $data){} 7912 7913 /** 7914 * Extracts a range of data from the node 7915 * 7916 * Returns the specified substring. 7917 * 7918 * @param int $offset Start offset of substring to extract. 7919 * @param int $count The number of characters to extract. 7920 * @return string The specified substring. If the sum of {@link offset} 7921 * and {@link count} exceeds the length, then all 16-bit units to the 7922 * end of the data are returned. 7923 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 7924 **/ 7925 public function substringData($offset, $count){} 7926 7927 } 7928 /** 7929 * Represents comment nodes, characters delimited by . 7930 **/ 7931 class DomComment extends DOMCharacterData { 7932 /** 7933 * Creates a new DOMComment object 7934 * 7935 * Creates a new DOMComment object. This object is read only. It may be 7936 * appended to a document, but additional nodes may not be appended to 7937 * this node until the node is associated with a document. To create a 7938 * writeable node, use . 7939 * 7940 * @param string $value The value of the comment. 7941 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 7942 **/ 7943 public function __construct($value){} 7944 7945 } 7946 /** 7947 * Represents an entire HTML or XML document; serves as the root of the 7948 * document tree. 7949 **/ 7950 class DomDocument extends DOMNode { 7951 /** 7952 * @var string 7953 **/ 7954 public $actualEncoding; 7955 7956 /** 7957 * Deprecated. Configuration used when {@link 7958 * DOMDocument::normalizeDocument} is invoked. 7959 * 7960 * @var DOMConfiguration 7961 **/ 7962 public $config; 7963 7964 /** 7965 * The Document Type Declaration associated with this document. 7966 * 7967 * @var DOMDocumentType 7968 **/ 7969 public $doctype; 7970 7971 /** 7972 * @var DOMElement 7973 **/ 7974 public $documentElement; 7975 7976 /** 7977 * @var string 7978 **/ 7979 public $documentURI; 7980 7981 /** 7982 * Encoding of the document, as specified by the XML declaration. This 7983 * attribute is not present in the final DOM Level 3 specification, but 7984 * is the only way of manipulating XML document encoding in this 7985 * implementation. 7986 * 7987 * @var string 7988 **/ 7989 public $encoding; 7990 7991 /** 7992 * @var bool 7993 **/ 7994 public $formatOutput; 7995 7996 /** 7997 * The DOMImplementation object that handles this document. 7998 * 7999 * @var DOMImplementation 8000 **/ 8001 public $implementation; 8002 8003 /** 8004 * @var bool 8005 **/ 8006 public $preserveWhiteSpace; 8007 8008 /** 8009 * Proprietary. Enables recovery mode, i.e. trying to parse non-well 8010 * formed documents. This attribute is not part of the DOM specification 8011 * and is specific to libxml. 8012 * 8013 * @var bool 8014 **/ 8015 public $recover; 8016 8017 /** 8018 * @var bool 8019 **/ 8020 public $resolveExternals; 8021 8022 /** 8023 * Deprecated. Whether or not the document is standalone, as specified by 8024 * the XML declaration, corresponds to xmlStandalone. 8025 * 8026 * @var bool 8027 **/ 8028 public $standalone; 8029 8030 /** 8031 * @var bool 8032 **/ 8033 public $strictErrorChecking; 8034 8035 /** 8036 * @var bool 8037 **/ 8038 public $substituteEntities; 8039 8040 /** 8041 * @var bool 8042 **/ 8043 public $validateOnParse; 8044 8045 /** 8046 * Deprecated. Version of XML, corresponds to xmlVersion. 8047 * 8048 * @var string 8049 **/ 8050 public $version; 8051 8052 /** 8053 * @var string 8054 **/ 8055 public $xmlEncoding; 8056 8057 /** 8058 * @var bool 8059 **/ 8060 public $xmlStandalone; 8061 8062 /** 8063 * @var string 8064 **/ 8065 public $xmlVersion; 8066 8067 /** 8068 * Create new attribute 8069 * 8070 * This function creates a new instance of class DOMAttr. 8071 * 8072 * @param string $name The name of the attribute. 8073 * @return DOMAttr The new DOMAttr or FALSE if an error occurred. 8074 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8075 **/ 8076 public function createAttribute($name){} 8077 8078 /** 8079 * Create new attribute node with an associated namespace 8080 * 8081 * This function creates a new instance of class DOMAttr. 8082 * 8083 * @param string $namespaceURI The URI of the namespace. 8084 * @param string $qualifiedName The tag name and prefix of the 8085 * attribute, as prefix:tagname. 8086 * @return DOMAttr The new DOMAttr or FALSE if an error occurred. 8087 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8088 **/ 8089 public function createAttributeNS($namespaceURI, $qualifiedName){} 8090 8091 /** 8092 * Create new cdata node 8093 * 8094 * This function creates a new instance of class DOMCDATASection. 8095 * 8096 * @param string $data The content of the cdata. 8097 * @return DOMCDATASection The new DOMCDATASection or FALSE if an error 8098 * occurred. 8099 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8100 **/ 8101 public function createCDATASection($data){} 8102 8103 /** 8104 * Create new comment node 8105 * 8106 * This function creates a new instance of class DOMComment. 8107 * 8108 * @param string $data The content of the comment. 8109 * @return DOMComment The new DOMComment or FALSE if an error occurred. 8110 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8111 **/ 8112 public function createComment($data){} 8113 8114 /** 8115 * Create new document fragment 8116 * 8117 * This function creates a new instance of class DOMDocumentFragment. 8118 * 8119 * @return DOMDocumentFragment The new DOMDocumentFragment or FALSE if 8120 * an error occurred. 8121 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8122 **/ 8123 public function createDocumentFragment(){} 8124 8125 /** 8126 * Create new element node 8127 * 8128 * This function creates a new instance of class DOMElement. 8129 * 8130 * @param string $name The tag name of the element. 8131 * @param string $value The value of the element. By default, an empty 8132 * element will be created. The value can also be set later with 8133 * DOMElement::$nodeValue. The value is used verbatim except that the < 8134 * and > entity references will escaped. Note that & has to be manually 8135 * escaped; otherwise it is regarded as starting an entity reference. 8136 * Also " won't be escaped. 8137 * @return DOMElement Returns a new instance of class DOMElement or 8138 * FALSE if an error occurred. 8139 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8140 **/ 8141 public function createElement($name, $value){} 8142 8143 /** 8144 * Create new element node with an associated namespace 8145 * 8146 * This function creates a new element node with an associated namespace. 8147 * 8148 * @param string $namespaceURI The URI of the namespace. 8149 * @param string $qualifiedName The qualified name of the element, as 8150 * prefix:tagname. 8151 * @param string $value The value of the element. By default, an empty 8152 * element will be created. You can also set the value later with 8153 * DOMElement::$nodeValue. 8154 * @return DOMElement The new DOMElement or FALSE if an error occurred. 8155 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8156 **/ 8157 public function createElementNS($namespaceURI, $qualifiedName, $value){} 8158 8159 /** 8160 * Create new entity reference node 8161 * 8162 * This function creates a new instance of class DOMEntityReference. 8163 * 8164 * @param string $name The content of the entity reference, e.g. the 8165 * entity reference minus the leading & and the trailing ; characters. 8166 * @return DOMEntityReference The new DOMEntityReference or FALSE if an 8167 * error occurred. 8168 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8169 **/ 8170 public function createEntityReference($name){} 8171 8172 /** 8173 * Creates new PI node 8174 * 8175 * This function creates a new instance of class 8176 * DOMProcessingInstruction. 8177 * 8178 * @param string $target The target of the processing instruction. 8179 * @param string $data The content of the processing instruction. 8180 * @return DOMProcessingInstruction The new DOMProcessingInstruction or 8181 * FALSE if an error occurred. 8182 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8183 **/ 8184 public function createProcessingInstruction($target, $data){} 8185 8186 /** 8187 * Create new text node 8188 * 8189 * This function creates a new instance of class DOMText. 8190 * 8191 * @param string $content The content of the text. 8192 * @return DOMText The new DOMText or FALSE if an error occurred. 8193 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8194 **/ 8195 public function createTextNode($content){} 8196 8197 /** 8198 * Searches for an element with a certain id 8199 * 8200 * This function is similar to but searches for an element with a given 8201 * id. 8202 * 8203 * For this function to work, you will need either to set some ID 8204 * attributes with or a DTD which defines an attribute to be of type ID. 8205 * In the later case, you will need to validate your document with or 8206 * DOMDocument::$validateOnParse before using this function. 8207 * 8208 * @param string $elementId The unique id value for an element. 8209 * @return DOMElement Returns the DOMElement or NULL if the element is 8210 * not found. 8211 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8212 **/ 8213 public function getElementById($elementId){} 8214 8215 /** 8216 * Searches for all elements with given local tag name 8217 * 8218 * This function returns a new instance of class DOMNodeList containing 8219 * all the elements with a given local tag name. 8220 * 8221 * @param string $name The local name (without namespace) of the tag to 8222 * match on. The special value * matches all tags. 8223 * @return DOMNodeList A new DOMNodeList object containing all the 8224 * matched elements. 8225 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8226 **/ 8227 public function getElementsByTagName($name){} 8228 8229 /** 8230 * Searches for all elements with given tag name in specified namespace 8231 * 8232 * Returns a DOMNodeList of all elements with a given local name and a 8233 * namespace URI. 8234 * 8235 * @param string $namespaceURI The namespace URI of the elements to 8236 * match on. The special value * matches all namespaces. 8237 * @param string $localName The local name of the elements to match on. 8238 * The special value * matches all local names. 8239 * @return DOMNodeList A new DOMNodeList object containing all the 8240 * matched elements. 8241 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8242 **/ 8243 public function getElementsByTagNameNS($namespaceURI, $localName){} 8244 8245 /** 8246 * Import node into current document 8247 * 8248 * This function returns a copy of the node to import and associates it 8249 * with the current document. 8250 * 8251 * @param DOMNode $importedNode The node to import. 8252 * @param bool $deep If set to TRUE, this method will recursively 8253 * import the subtree under the {@link importedNode}. 8254 * @return DOMNode The copied node or FALSE, if it cannot be copied. 8255 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8256 **/ 8257 public function importNode($importedNode, $deep){} 8258 8259 /** 8260 * Load XML from a file 8261 * 8262 * Loads an XML document from a file. 8263 * 8264 * @param string $filename The path to the XML document. 8265 * @param int $options Bitwise OR of the libxml option constants. 8266 * @return mixed If called statically, returns a DOMDocument. 8267 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8268 **/ 8269 public function load($filename, $options){} 8270 8271 /** 8272 * Load HTML from a string 8273 * 8274 * The function parses the HTML contained in the string {@link source}. 8275 * Unlike loading XML, HTML does not have to be well-formed to load. This 8276 * function may also be called statically to load and create a 8277 * DOMDocument object. The static invocation may be used when no 8278 * DOMDocument properties need to be set prior to loading. 8279 * 8280 * @param string $source The HTML string. 8281 * @param int $options Since PHP 5.4.0 and Libxml 2.6.0, you may also 8282 * use the {@link options} parameter to specify additional Libxml 8283 * parameters. 8284 * @return bool If called statically, returns a DOMDocument. 8285 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8286 **/ 8287 public function loadHTML($source, $options){} 8288 8289 /** 8290 * Load HTML from a file 8291 * 8292 * The function parses the HTML document in the file named {@link 8293 * filename}. Unlike loading XML, HTML does not have to be well-formed to 8294 * load. 8295 * 8296 * @param string $filename The path to the HTML file. 8297 * @param int $options Since PHP 5.4.0 and Libxml 2.6.0, you may also 8298 * use the {@link options} parameter to specify additional Libxml 8299 * parameters. 8300 * @return bool If called statically, returns a DOMDocument. 8301 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8302 **/ 8303 public function loadHTMLFile($filename, $options){} 8304 8305 /** 8306 * Load XML from a string 8307 * 8308 * Loads an XML document from a string. 8309 * 8310 * @param string $source The string containing the XML. 8311 * @param int $options Bitwise OR of the libxml option constants. 8312 * @return mixed If called statically, returns a DOMDocument. 8313 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8314 **/ 8315 public function loadXML($source, $options){} 8316 8317 /** 8318 * Normalizes the document 8319 * 8320 * This method acts as if you saved and then loaded the document, putting 8321 * the document in a "normal" form. 8322 * 8323 * @return void 8324 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8325 **/ 8326 public function normalizeDocument(){} 8327 8328 /** 8329 * Register extended class used to create base node type 8330 * 8331 * This method allows you to register your own extended DOM class to be 8332 * used afterward by the PHP DOM extension. 8333 * 8334 * This method is not part of the DOM standard. 8335 * 8336 * @param string $baseclass The DOM class that you want to extend. You 8337 * can find a list of these classes in the chapter introduction. 8338 * @param string $extendedclass Your extended class name. If NULL is 8339 * provided, any previously registered class extending {@link 8340 * baseclass} will be removed. 8341 * @return bool 8342 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.0, PHP 7 8343 **/ 8344 public function registerNodeClass($baseclass, $extendedclass){} 8345 8346 /** 8347 * Performs relaxNG validation on the document 8348 * 8349 * Performs relaxNG validation on the document based on the given RNG 8350 * schema. 8351 * 8352 * @param string $filename The RNG file. 8353 * @return bool 8354 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8355 **/ 8356 public function relaxNGValidate($filename){} 8357 8358 /** 8359 * Performs relaxNG validation on the document 8360 * 8361 * Performs relaxNG validation on the document based on the given RNG 8362 * source. 8363 * 8364 * @param string $source A string containing the RNG schema. 8365 * @return bool 8366 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8367 **/ 8368 public function relaxNGValidateSource($source){} 8369 8370 /** 8371 * Dumps the internal XML tree back into a file 8372 * 8373 * Creates an XML document from the DOM representation. This function is 8374 * usually called after building a new dom document from scratch as in 8375 * the example below. 8376 * 8377 * @param string $filename The path to the saved XML document. 8378 * @param int $options Additional Options. Currently only 8379 * LIBXML_NOEMPTYTAG is supported. 8380 * @return int Returns the number of bytes written or FALSE if an error 8381 * occurred. 8382 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8383 **/ 8384 public function save($filename, $options){} 8385 8386 /** 8387 * Dumps the internal document into a string using HTML formatting 8388 * 8389 * Creates an HTML document from the DOM representation. This function is 8390 * usually called after building a new dom document from scratch as in 8391 * the example below. 8392 * 8393 * @param DOMNode $node Optional parameter to output a subset of the 8394 * document. 8395 * @return string Returns the HTML, or FALSE if an error occurred. 8396 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8397 **/ 8398 public function saveHTML($node){} 8399 8400 /** 8401 * Dumps the internal document into a file using HTML formatting 8402 * 8403 * Creates an HTML document from the DOM representation. This function is 8404 * usually called after building a new dom document from scratch as in 8405 * the example below. 8406 * 8407 * @param string $filename The path to the saved HTML document. 8408 * @return int Returns the number of bytes written or FALSE if an error 8409 * occurred. 8410 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8411 **/ 8412 public function saveHTMLFile($filename){} 8413 8414 /** 8415 * Dumps the internal XML tree back into a string 8416 * 8417 * Creates an XML document from the DOM representation. This function is 8418 * usually called after building a new dom document from scratch as in 8419 * the example below. 8420 * 8421 * @param DOMNode $node Use this parameter to output only a specific 8422 * node without XML declaration rather than the entire document. 8423 * @param int $options Additional Options. Currently only 8424 * LIBXML_NOEMPTYTAG is supported. 8425 * @return string Returns the XML, or FALSE if an error occurred. 8426 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8427 **/ 8428 public function saveXML($node, $options){} 8429 8430 /** 8431 * Validates a document based on a schema 8432 * 8433 * Validates a document based on the given schema file. 8434 * 8435 * @param string $filename The path to the schema. 8436 * @param int $flags A bitmask of Libxml schema validation flags. 8437 * Currently the only supported value is LIBXML_SCHEMA_CREATE. 8438 * Available since PHP 5.5.2 and Libxml 2.6.14. 8439 * @return bool 8440 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8441 **/ 8442 public function schemaValidate($filename, $flags){} 8443 8444 /** 8445 * Validates a document based on a schema 8446 * 8447 * Validates a document based on a schema defined in the given string. 8448 * 8449 * @param string $source A string containing the schema. 8450 * @param int $flags A bitmask of Libxml schema validation flags. 8451 * Currently the only supported value is LIBXML_SCHEMA_CREATE. 8452 * Available since PHP 5.5.2 and Libxml 2.6.14. 8453 * @return bool 8454 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8455 **/ 8456 public function schemaValidateSource($source, $flags){} 8457 8458 /** 8459 * Validates the document based on its DTD 8460 * 8461 * Validates the document based on its DTD. 8462 * 8463 * You can also use the validateOnParse property of DOMDocument to make a 8464 * DTD validation. 8465 * 8466 * @return bool If the document has no DTD attached, this method will 8467 * return FALSE. 8468 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8469 **/ 8470 public function validate(){} 8471 8472 /** 8473 * Substitutes XIncludes in a DOMDocument Object 8474 * 8475 * This method substitutes XIncludes in a DOMDocument object. 8476 * 8477 * @param int $options libxml parameters. Available since PHP 5.1.0 and 8478 * Libxml 2.6.7. 8479 * @return int Returns the number of XIncludes in the document, -1 if 8480 * some processing failed, or FALSE if there were no substitutions. 8481 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8482 **/ 8483 public function xinclude($options){} 8484 8485 /** 8486 * Creates a new DOMDocument object 8487 * 8488 * Creates a new DOMDocument object. 8489 * 8490 * @param string $version The version number of the document as part of 8491 * the XML declaration. 8492 * @param string $encoding The encoding of the document as part of the 8493 * XML declaration. 8494 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8495 **/ 8496 public function __construct($version, $encoding){} 8497 8498 } 8499 class DOMDocumentFragment extends DOMNode { 8500 /** 8501 * Append raw XML data 8502 * 8503 * Appends raw XML data to a DOMDocumentFragment. 8504 * 8505 * This method is not part of the DOM standard. It was created as a 8506 * simpler approach for appending an XML DocumentFragment in a 8507 * DOMDocument. 8508 * 8509 * If you want to stick to the standards, you will have to create a 8510 * temporary DOMDocument with a dummy root and then loop through the 8511 * child nodes of the root of your XML data to append them. 8512 * 8513 * @param string $data XML to append. 8514 * @return bool 8515 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.1.0, PHP 7 8516 **/ 8517 public function appendXML($data){} 8518 8519 } 8520 /** 8521 * Each DOMDocument has a doctype attribute whose value is either NULL or 8522 * a DOMDocumentType object. 8523 **/ 8524 class DOMDocumentType extends DOMNode { 8525 /** 8526 * A DOMNamedNodeMap containing the general entities, both external and 8527 * internal, declared in the DTD. 8528 * 8529 * @var DOMNamedNodeMap 8530 **/ 8531 public $entities; 8532 8533 /** 8534 * @var string 8535 **/ 8536 public $internalSubset; 8537 8538 /** 8539 * The name of DTD; i.e., the name immediately following the DOCTYPE 8540 * keyword. 8541 * 8542 * @var string 8543 **/ 8544 public $name; 8545 8546 /** 8547 * A DOMNamedNodeMap containing the notations declared in the DTD. 8548 * 8549 * @var DOMNamedNodeMap 8550 **/ 8551 public $notations; 8552 8553 /** 8554 * @var string 8555 **/ 8556 public $publicId; 8557 8558 /** 8559 * @var string 8560 **/ 8561 public $systemId; 8562 8563 } 8564 class DomElement extends DOMNode { 8565 /** 8566 * Returns value of attribute 8567 * 8568 * Gets the value of the attribute with name {@link name} for the current 8569 * node. 8570 * 8571 * @param string $name The name of the attribute. 8572 * @return string The value of the attribute, or an empty string if no 8573 * attribute with the given {@link name} is found. 8574 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8575 **/ 8576 public function getAttribute($name){} 8577 8578 /** 8579 * Returns attribute node 8580 * 8581 * Returns the attribute node with name {@link name} for the current 8582 * element. 8583 * 8584 * @param string $name The name of the attribute. 8585 * @return DOMAttr The attribute node. Note that for XML namespace 8586 * declarations (xmlns and xmlns:* attributes) an instance of 8587 * DOMNameSpaceNode is returned instead of a DOMAttr. 8588 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8589 **/ 8590 public function getAttributeNode($name){} 8591 8592 /** 8593 * Returns attribute node 8594 * 8595 * Returns the attribute node in namespace {@link namespaceURI} with 8596 * local name {@link localName} for the current node. 8597 * 8598 * @param string $namespaceURI The namespace URI. 8599 * @param string $localName The local name. 8600 * @return DOMAttr The attribute node. Note that for XML namespace 8601 * declarations (xmlns and xmlns:* attributes) an instance of 8602 * DOMNameSpaceNode is returned instead of a DOMAttr object. 8603 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8604 **/ 8605 public function getAttributeNodeNS($namespaceURI, $localName){} 8606 8607 /** 8608 * Returns value of attribute 8609 * 8610 * Gets the value of the attribute in namespace {@link namespaceURI} with 8611 * local name {@link localName} for the current node. 8612 * 8613 * @param string $namespaceURI The namespace URI. 8614 * @param string $localName The local name. 8615 * @return string The value of the attribute, or an empty string if no 8616 * attribute with the given {@link localName} and {@link namespaceURI} 8617 * is found. 8618 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8619 **/ 8620 public function getAttributeNS($namespaceURI, $localName){} 8621 8622 /** 8623 * Gets elements by tagname 8624 * 8625 * This function returns a new instance of the class DOMNodeList of all 8626 * descendant elements with a given tag {@link name}, in the order in 8627 * which they are encountered in a preorder traversal of this element 8628 * tree. 8629 * 8630 * @param string $name The tag name. Use * to return all elements 8631 * within the element tree. 8632 * @return DOMNodeList This function returns a new instance of the 8633 * class DOMNodeList of all matched elements. 8634 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8635 **/ 8636 public function getElementsByTagName($name){} 8637 8638 /** 8639 * Get elements by namespaceURI and localName 8640 * 8641 * This function fetch all the descendant elements with a given {@link 8642 * localName} and {@link namespaceURI}. 8643 * 8644 * @param string $namespaceURI The namespace URI. 8645 * @param string $localName The local name. Use * to return all 8646 * elements within the element tree. 8647 * @return DOMNodeList This function returns a new instance of the 8648 * class DOMNodeList of all matched elements in the order in which they 8649 * are encountered in a preorder traversal of this element tree. 8650 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8651 **/ 8652 public function getElementsByTagNameNS($namespaceURI, $localName){} 8653 8654 /** 8655 * Checks to see if attribute exists 8656 * 8657 * Indicates whether attribute named {@link name} exists as a member of 8658 * the element. 8659 * 8660 * @param string $name The attribute name. 8661 * @return bool 8662 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8663 **/ 8664 public function hasAttribute($name){} 8665 8666 /** 8667 * Checks to see if attribute exists 8668 * 8669 * Indicates whether attribute in namespace {@link namespaceURI} named 8670 * {@link localName} exists as a member of the element. 8671 * 8672 * @param string $namespaceURI The namespace URI. 8673 * @param string $localName The local name. 8674 * @return bool 8675 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8676 **/ 8677 public function hasAttributeNS($namespaceURI, $localName){} 8678 8679 /** 8680 * Removes attribute 8681 * 8682 * Removes attribute named {@link name} from the element. 8683 * 8684 * @param string $name The name of the attribute. 8685 * @return bool 8686 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8687 **/ 8688 public function removeAttribute($name){} 8689 8690 /** 8691 * Removes attribute 8692 * 8693 * Removes attribute {@link oldnode} from the element. 8694 * 8695 * @param DOMAttr $oldnode The attribute node. 8696 * @return bool 8697 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8698 **/ 8699 public function removeAttributeNode($oldnode){} 8700 8701 /** 8702 * Removes attribute 8703 * 8704 * Removes attribute {@link localName} in namespace {@link namespaceURI} 8705 * from the element. 8706 * 8707 * @param string $namespaceURI The namespace URI. 8708 * @param string $localName The local name. 8709 * @return bool 8710 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8711 **/ 8712 public function removeAttributeNS($namespaceURI, $localName){} 8713 8714 /** 8715 * Adds new attribute 8716 * 8717 * Sets an attribute with name {@link name} to the given value. If the 8718 * attribute does not exist, it will be created. 8719 * 8720 * @param string $name The name of the attribute. 8721 * @param string $value The value of the attribute. 8722 * @return DOMAttr The new DOMAttr or FALSE if an error occurred. 8723 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8724 **/ 8725 public function setAttribute($name, $value){} 8726 8727 /** 8728 * Adds new attribute node to element 8729 * 8730 * Adds new attribute node {@link attr} to element. 8731 * 8732 * @param DOMAttr $attr The attribute node. 8733 * @return DOMAttr Returns old node if the attribute has been replaced 8734 * or NULL. 8735 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8736 **/ 8737 public function setAttributeNode($attr){} 8738 8739 /** 8740 * Adds new attribute node to element 8741 * 8742 * Adds new attribute node {@link attr} to element. 8743 * 8744 * @param DOMAttr $attr The attribute node. 8745 * @return DOMAttr Returns the old node if the attribute has been 8746 * replaced. 8747 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8748 **/ 8749 public function setAttributeNodeNS($attr){} 8750 8751 /** 8752 * Adds new attribute 8753 * 8754 * Sets an attribute with namespace {@link namespaceURI} and name {@link 8755 * name} to the given value. If the attribute does not exist, it will be 8756 * created. 8757 * 8758 * @param string $namespaceURI The namespace URI. 8759 * @param string $qualifiedName The qualified name of the attribute, as 8760 * prefix:tagname. 8761 * @param string $value The value of the attribute. 8762 * @return void 8763 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8764 **/ 8765 public function setAttributeNS($namespaceURI, $qualifiedName, $value){} 8766 8767 /** 8768 * Declares the attribute specified by name to be of type ID 8769 * 8770 * Declares the attribute {@link name} to be of type ID. 8771 * 8772 * @param string $name The name of the attribute. 8773 * @param bool $isId Set it to TRUE if you want {@link name} to be of 8774 * type ID, FALSE otherwise. 8775 * @return void 8776 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8777 **/ 8778 public function setIdAttribute($name, $isId){} 8779 8780 /** 8781 * Declares the attribute specified by node to be of type ID 8782 * 8783 * Declares the attribute specified by {@link attr} to be of type ID. 8784 * 8785 * @param DOMAttr $attr The attribute node. 8786 * @param bool $isId Set it to TRUE if you want {@link name} to be of 8787 * type ID, FALSE otherwise. 8788 * @return void 8789 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8790 **/ 8791 public function setIdAttributeNode($attr, $isId){} 8792 8793 /** 8794 * Declares the attribute specified by local name and namespace URI to be 8795 * of type ID 8796 * 8797 * Declares the attribute specified by {@link localName} and {@link 8798 * namespaceURI} to be of type ID. 8799 * 8800 * @param string $namespaceURI The namespace URI of the attribute. 8801 * @param string $localName The local name of the attribute, as 8802 * prefix:tagname. 8803 * @param bool $isId Set it to TRUE if you want {@link name} to be of 8804 * type ID, FALSE otherwise. 8805 * @return void 8806 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8807 **/ 8808 public function setIdAttributeNS($namespaceURI, $localName, $isId){} 8809 8810 /** 8811 * Creates a new DOMElement object 8812 * 8813 * Creates a new DOMElement object. This object is read only. It may be 8814 * appended to a document, but additional nodes may not be appended to 8815 * this node until the node is associated with a document. To create a 8816 * writeable node, use or . 8817 * 8818 * @param string $name The tag name of the element. When also passing 8819 * in namespaceURI, the element name may take a prefix to be associated 8820 * with the URI. 8821 * @param string $value The value of the element. 8822 * @param string $namespaceURI A namespace URI to create the element 8823 * within a specific namespace. 8824 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8825 **/ 8826 public function __construct($name, $value, $namespaceURI){} 8827 8828 } 8829 /** 8830 * This interface represents a known entity, either parsed or unparsed, 8831 * in an XML document. 8832 **/ 8833 class DOMEntity extends DOMNode { 8834 /** 8835 * @var string 8836 **/ 8837 public $actualEncoding; 8838 8839 /** 8840 * An attribute specifying, as part of the text declaration, the encoding 8841 * of this entity, when it is an external parsed entity. This is NULL 8842 * otherwise. 8843 * 8844 * @var string 8845 **/ 8846 public $encoding; 8847 8848 /** 8849 * @var string 8850 **/ 8851 public $notationName; 8852 8853 /** 8854 * @var string 8855 **/ 8856 public $publicId; 8857 8858 /** 8859 * @var string 8860 **/ 8861 public $systemId; 8862 8863 /** 8864 * An attribute specifying, as part of the text declaration, the version 8865 * number of this entity, when it is an external parsed entity. This is 8866 * NULL otherwise. 8867 * 8868 * @var string 8869 **/ 8870 public $version; 8871 8872 } 8873 class DomEntityReference extends DOMNode { 8874 /** 8875 * Creates a new DOMEntityReference object 8876 * 8877 * Creates a new DOMEntityReference object. 8878 * 8879 * @param string $name The name of the entity reference. 8880 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8881 **/ 8882 public function __construct($name){} 8883 8884 } 8885 /** 8886 * DOM operations raise exceptions under particular circumstances, i.e., 8887 * when an operation is impossible to perform for logical reasons. See 8888 * also . 8889 **/ 8890 class DOMException extends Exception { 8891 /** 8892 * An integer indicating the type of error generated 8893 * 8894 * @var int 8895 **/ 8896 public $code; 8897 8898 } 8899 /** 8900 * The DOMImplementation class provides a number of methods for 8901 * performing operations that are independent of any particular instance 8902 * of the document object model. 8903 **/ 8904 class DOMImplementation { 8905 /** 8906 * Creates a DOMDocument object of the specified type with its document 8907 * element 8908 * 8909 * Creates a DOMDocument object of the specified type with its document 8910 * element. 8911 * 8912 * @param string $namespaceURI The namespace URI of the document 8913 * element to create. 8914 * @param string $qualifiedName The qualified name of the document 8915 * element to create. 8916 * @param DOMDocumentType $doctype The type of document to create or 8917 * NULL. 8918 * @return DOMDocument A new DOMDocument object. If {@link 8919 * namespaceURI}, {@link qualifiedName}, and {@link doctype} are null, 8920 * the returned DOMDocument is empty with no document element 8921 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8922 **/ 8923 public function createDocument($namespaceURI, $qualifiedName, $doctype){} 8924 8925 /** 8926 * Creates an empty DOMDocumentType object 8927 * 8928 * Creates an empty DOMDocumentType object. Entity declarations and 8929 * notations are not made available. Entity reference expansions and 8930 * default attribute additions do not occur. 8931 * 8932 * @param string $qualifiedName The qualified name of the document type 8933 * to create. 8934 * @param string $publicId The external subset public identifier. 8935 * @param string $systemId The external subset system identifier. 8936 * @return DOMDocumentType A new DOMDocumentType node with its 8937 * ownerDocument set to NULL. 8938 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8939 **/ 8940 public function createDocumentType($qualifiedName, $publicId, $systemId){} 8941 8942 /** 8943 * Test if the DOM implementation implements a specific feature 8944 * 8945 * Test if the DOM implementation implements a specific {@link feature}. 8946 * 8947 * You can find a list of all features in the Conformance section of the 8948 * DOM specification. 8949 * 8950 * @param string $feature The feature to test. 8951 * @param string $version The version number of the {@link feature} to 8952 * test. In level 2, this can be either 2.0 or 1.0. 8953 * @return bool 8954 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8955 **/ 8956 public function hasFeature($feature, $version){} 8957 8958 /** 8959 * Creates a new DOMImplementation object 8960 * 8961 * Creates a new DOMImplementation object. 8962 * 8963 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8964 **/ 8965 function __construct(){} 8966 8967 } 8968 class DomNamedNodeMap implements Traversable, Countable { 8969 /** 8970 * Get number of nodes in the map 8971 * 8972 * Gets the number of nodes in the map. 8973 * 8974 * @return int Returns the number of nodes in the map, which is 8975 * identical to the length property. 8976 * @since PHP 7 >= 7.2.0 8977 **/ 8978 public function count(){} 8979 8980 /** 8981 * Retrieves a node specified by name 8982 * 8983 * Retrieves a node specified by its nodeName. 8984 * 8985 * @param string $name The nodeName of the node to retrieve. 8986 * @return DOMNode A node (of any type) with the specified nodeName, or 8987 * NULL if no node is found. 8988 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 8989 **/ 8990 function getNamedItem($name){} 8991 8992 /** 8993 * Retrieves a node specified by local name and namespace URI 8994 * 8995 * Retrieves a node specified by {@link localName} and {@link 8996 * namespaceURI}. 8997 * 8998 * @param string $namespaceURI The namespace URI of the node to 8999 * retrieve. 9000 * @param string $localName The local name of the node to retrieve. 9001 * @return DOMNode A node (of any type) with the specified local name 9002 * and namespace URI, or NULL if no node is found. 9003 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 9004 **/ 9005 function getNamedItemNS($namespaceURI, $localName){} 9006 9007 /** 9008 * Retrieves a node specified by index 9009 * 9010 * Retrieves a node specified by {@link index} within the DOMNamedNodeMap 9011 * object. 9012 * 9013 * @param int $index Index into this map. 9014 * @return DOMNode The node at the {@link index}th position in the map, 9015 * or NULL if that is not a valid index (greater than or equal to the 9016 * number of nodes in this map). 9017 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 9018 **/ 9019 function item($index){} 9020 9021 } 9022 class DOMNode { 9023 /** 9024 * Adds new child at the end of the children 9025 * 9026 * This function appends a child to an existing list of children or 9027 * creates a new list of children. The child can be created with e.g. 9028 * DOMDocument::createElement, DOMDocument::createTextNode etc. or simply 9029 * by using any other node. 9030 * 9031 * @param DOMNode $newnode The appended child. 9032 * @return DOMNode The node added. 9033 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 9034 **/ 9035 public function appendChild($newnode){} 9036 9037 /** 9038 * Canonicalize nodes to a string 9039 * 9040 * @param bool $exclusive Enable exclusive parsing of only the nodes 9041 * matched by the provided xpath or namespace prefixes. 9042 * @param bool $with_comments Retain comments in output. 9043 * @param array $xpath An array of xpaths to filter the nodes by. 9044 * @param array $ns_prefixes An array of namespace prefixes to filter 9045 * the nodes by. 9046 * @return string Returns canonicalized nodes as a string 9047 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.0, PHP 7 9048 **/ 9049 public function C14N($exclusive, $with_comments, $xpath, $ns_prefixes){} 9050 9051 /** 9052 * Canonicalize nodes to a file 9053 * 9054 * @param string $uri Path to write the output to. 9055 * @param bool $exclusive Enable exclusive parsing of only the nodes 9056 * matched by the provided xpath or namespace prefixes. 9057 * @param bool $with_comments Retain comments in output. 9058 * @param array $xpath An array of xpaths to filter the nodes by. 9059 * @param array $ns_prefixes An array of namespace prefixes to filter 9060 * the nodes by. 9061 * @return int Number of bytes written 9062 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.0, PHP 7 9063 **/ 9064 public function C14NFile($uri, $exclusive, $with_comments, $xpath, $ns_prefixes){} 9065 9066 /** 9067 * Clones a node 9068 * 9069 * Creates a copy of the node. 9070 * 9071 * @param bool $deep Indicates whether to copy all descendant nodes. 9072 * This parameter is defaulted to FALSE. 9073 * @return DOMNode The cloned node. 9074 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 9075 **/ 9076 public function cloneNode($deep){} 9077 9078 /** 9079 * Get line number for a node 9080 * 9081 * Gets line number for where the node is defined. 9082 * 9083 * @return int Always returns the line number where the node was 9084 * defined in. 9085 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.3.0, PHP 7 9086 **/ 9087 public function getLineNo(){} 9088 9089 /** 9090 * Get an XPath for a node 9091 * 9092 * Gets an XPath location path for the node. 9093 * 9094 * @return string Returns a string containing the XPath, or NULL in 9095 * case of an error. 9096 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.2.0, PHP 7 9097 **/ 9098 public function getNodePath(){} 9099 9100 /** 9101 * Checks if node has attributes 9102 * 9103 * This method checks if the node has attributes. The tested node has to 9104 * be an XML_ELEMENT_NODE. 9105 * 9106 * @return bool 9107 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 9108 **/ 9109 public function hasAttributes(){} 9110 9111 /** 9112 * Checks if node has children 9113 * 9114 * This function checks if the node has children. 9115 * 9116 * @return bool 9117 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 9118 **/ 9119 public function hasChildNodes(){} 9120 9121 /** 9122 * Adds a new child before a reference node 9123 * 9124 * This function inserts a new node right before the reference node. If 9125 * you plan to do further modifications on the appended child you must 9126 * use the returned node. 9127 * 9128 * @param DOMNode $newnode The new node. 9129 * @param DOMNode $refnode The reference node. If not supplied, {@link 9130 * newnode} is appended to the children. 9131 * @return DOMNode The inserted node. 9132 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 9133 **/ 9134 public function insertBefore($newnode, $refnode){} 9135 9136 /** 9137 * Checks if the specified namespaceURI is the default namespace or not 9138 * 9139 * Tells whether {@link namespaceURI} is the default namespace. 9140 * 9141 * @param string $namespaceURI The namespace URI to look for. 9142 * @return bool Return TRUE if {@link namespaceURI} is the default 9143 * namespace, FALSE otherwise. 9144 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 9145 **/ 9146 public function isDefaultNamespace($namespaceURI){} 9147 9148 /** 9149 * Indicates if two nodes are the same node 9150 * 9151 * This function indicates if two nodes are the same node. The comparison 9152 * is not based on content 9153 * 9154 * @param DOMNode $node The compared node. 9155 * @return bool 9156 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 9157 **/ 9158 public function isSameNode($node){} 9159 9160 /** 9161 * Checks if feature is supported for specified version 9162 * 9163 * Checks if the asked {@link feature} is supported for the specified 9164 * {@link version}. 9165 * 9166 * @param string $feature The feature to test. See the example of 9167 * DOMImplementation::hasFeature for a list of features. 9168 * @param string $version The version number of the {@link feature} to 9169 * test. 9170 * @return bool 9171 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 9172 **/ 9173 public function isSupported($feature, $version){} 9174 9175 /** 9176 * Gets the namespace URI of the node based on the prefix 9177 * 9178 * Gets the namespace URI of the node based on the {@link prefix}. 9179 * 9180 * @param string $prefix The prefix of the namespace. 9181 * @return string The namespace URI of the node. 9182 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 9183 **/ 9184 public function lookupNamespaceUri($prefix){} 9185 9186 /** 9187 * Gets the namespace prefix of the node based on the namespace URI 9188 * 9189 * Gets the namespace prefix of the node based on the namespace URI. 9190 * 9191 * @param string $namespaceURI The namespace URI. 9192 * @return string The prefix of the namespace. 9193 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 9194 **/ 9195 public function lookupPrefix($namespaceURI){} 9196 9197 /** 9198 * Normalizes the node 9199 * 9200 * Remove empty text nodes and merge adjacent text nodes in this node and 9201 * all its children. 9202 * 9203 * @return void 9204 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 9205 **/ 9206 public function normalize(){} 9207 9208 /** 9209 * Removes child from list of children 9210 * 9211 * This functions removes a child from a list of children. 9212 * 9213 * @param DOMNode $oldnode The removed child. 9214 * @return DOMNode If the child could be removed the function returns 9215 * the old child. 9216 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 9217 **/ 9218 public function removeChild($oldnode){} 9219 9220 /** 9221 * Replaces a child 9222 * 9223 * This function replaces the child {@link oldnode} with the passed new 9224 * node. If the {@link newnode} is already a child it will not be added a 9225 * second time. If the replacement succeeds the old node is returned. 9226 * 9227 * @param DOMNode $newnode The new node. It must be a member of the 9228 * target document, i.e. created by one of the DOMDocument->createXXX() 9229 * methods or imported in the document by . 9230 * @param DOMNode $oldnode The old node. 9231 * @return DOMNode The old node or FALSE if an error occur. 9232 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 9233 **/ 9234 public function replaceChild($newnode, $oldnode){} 9235 9236 } 9237 /** 9238 * 7.2.0 The Countable interface is implemented and returns the value of 9239 * the length property. 9240 **/ 9241 class DomNodeList implements Traversable, Countable { 9242 /** 9243 * Get number of nodes in the list 9244 * 9245 * Gets the number of nodes in the list. 9246 * 9247 * @return int Returns the number of nodes in the list, which is 9248 * identical to the length property. 9249 * @since PHP 7 >= 7.2.0 9250 **/ 9251 public function count(){} 9252 9253 /** 9254 * Retrieves a node specified by index 9255 * 9256 * Retrieves a node specified by {@link index} within the DOMNodeList 9257 * object. 9258 * 9259 * @param int $index Index of the node into the collection. 9260 * @return DOMNode The node at the {@link index}th position in the 9261 * DOMNodeList, or NULL if that is not a valid index. 9262 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 9263 **/ 9264 function item($index){} 9265 9266 } 9267 class DOMNotation extends DOMNode { 9268 } 9269 class DomProcessingInstruction extends DOMNode { 9270 /** 9271 * Creates a new object 9272 * 9273 * Creates a new DOMProcessingInstruction object. This object is read 9274 * only. It may be appended to a document, but additional nodes may not 9275 * be appended to this node until the node is associated with a document. 9276 * To create a writeable node, use . 9277 * 9278 * @param string $name The tag name of the processing instruction. 9279 * @param string $value The value of the processing instruction. 9280 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 9281 **/ 9282 public function __construct($name, $value){} 9283 9284 } 9285 /** 9286 * The DOMText class inherits from DOMCharacterData and represents the 9287 * textual content of a DOMElement or DOMAttr. 9288 **/ 9289 class DOMText extends DOMCharacterData { 9290 /** 9291 * @var string 9292 **/ 9293 public $wholeText; 9294 9295 /** 9296 * Returns whether this text node contains whitespace in element content 9297 * 9298 * @return bool 9299 **/ 9300 public function isElementContentWhitespace(){} 9301 9302 /** 9303 * Indicates whether this text node contains whitespace 9304 * 9305 * Indicates whether this text node contains only whitespace or it is 9306 * empty. The text node is determined to contain whitespace in element 9307 * content during the load of the document. 9308 * 9309 * @return bool Returns TRUE if node contains zero or more whitespace 9310 * characters and nothing else. Returns FALSE otherwise. 9311 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 9312 **/ 9313 public function isWhitespaceInElementContent(){} 9314 9315 /** 9316 * Breaks this node into two nodes at the specified offset 9317 * 9318 * Breaks this node into two nodes at the specified {@link offset}, 9319 * keeping both in the tree as siblings. 9320 * 9321 * After being split, this node will contain all the content up to the 9322 * {@link offset}. If the original node had a parent node, the new node 9323 * is inserted as the next sibling of the original node. When the {@link 9324 * offset} is equal to the length of this node, the new node has no data. 9325 * 9326 * @param int $offset The offset at which to split, starting from 0. 9327 * @return DOMText The new node of the same type, which contains all 9328 * the content at and after the {@link offset}. 9329 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 9330 **/ 9331 public function splitText($offset){} 9332 9333 } 9334 /** 9335 * Supports XPath 1.0 9336 **/ 9337 class DomXPath { 9338 /** 9339 * @var DOMDocument 9340 **/ 9341 public $document; 9342 9343 /** 9344 * Evaluates the given XPath expression and returns a typed result if 9345 * possible 9346 * 9347 * Executes the given XPath {@link expression} and returns a typed result 9348 * if possible. 9349 * 9350 * @param string $expression The XPath expression to execute. 9351 * @param DOMNode $contextnode The optional {@link contextnode} can be 9352 * specified for doing relative XPath queries. By default, the queries 9353 * are relative to the root element. 9354 * @param bool $registerNodeNS The optional {@link registerNodeNS} can 9355 * be specified to disable automatic registration of the context node. 9356 * @return mixed Returns a typed result if possible or a DOMNodeList 9357 * containing all nodes matching the given XPath {@link expression}. 9358 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.1.0, PHP 7 9359 **/ 9360 public function evaluate($expression, $contextnode, $registerNodeNS){} 9361 9362 /** 9363 * Evaluates the given XPath expression 9364 * 9365 * Executes the given XPath {@link expression}. 9366 * 9367 * @param string $expression The XPath expression to execute. 9368 * @param DOMNode $contextnode The optional {@link contextnode} can be 9369 * specified for doing relative XPath queries. By default, the queries 9370 * are relative to the root element. 9371 * @param bool $registerNodeNS The optional {@link registerNodeNS} can 9372 * be specified to disable automatic registration of the context node. 9373 * @return DOMNodeList Returns a DOMNodeList containing all nodes 9374 * matching the given XPath {@link expression}. Any expression which 9375 * does not return nodes will return an empty DOMNodeList. 9376 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 9377 **/ 9378 public function query($expression, $contextnode, $registerNodeNS){} 9379 9380 /** 9381 * Registers the namespace with the object 9382 * 9383 * Registers the {@link namespaceURI} and {@link prefix} with the 9384 * DOMXPath object. 9385 * 9386 * @param string $prefix The prefix. 9387 * @param string $namespaceURI The URI of the namespace. 9388 * @return bool 9389 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 9390 **/ 9391 public function registerNamespace($prefix, $namespaceURI){} 9392 9393 /** 9394 * Register PHP functions as XPath functions 9395 * 9396 * This method enables the ability to use PHP functions within XPath 9397 * expressions. 9398 * 9399 * @param mixed $restrict Use this parameter to only allow certain 9400 * functions to be called from XPath. This parameter can be either a 9401 * string (a function name) or an array of function names. 9402 * @return void 9403 * @since PHP 5 >= 5.3.0, PHP 7 9404 **/ 9405 public function registerPhpFunctions($restrict){} 9406 9407 /** 9408 * Creates a new object 9409 * 9410 * Creates a new DOMXPath object. 9411 * 9412 * @param DOMDocument $doc The DOMDocument associated with the 9413 * DOMXPath. 9414 * @since PHP 5, PHP 7 9415 **/ 9416 public function __construct($doc){} 9417 9418 } 9419 /** 9420 * The dotnet class allows you to instantiate a class from a .Net 9421 * assembly and call its methods and access its properties, if the class 9422 * and the methods and properties are visible to COM. Neither 9423 * instantiating static classes nor calling static methods is supported. 9424 * Some .Net classes do not implement IDispatch, so while they can be 9425 * instantiated, calling methods or accessing properties on these classes 9426 * is not supported. 9427 **/ 9428 class dotnet extends variant { 9429 } 9430 namespace Ds { 9431 interface Collection extends Traversable, Countable, JsonSerializable { 9432 /** 9433 * Removes all values 9434 * 9435 * Removes all values from the collection. 9436 * 9437 * @return void 9438 **/ 9439 public function clear(); 9440 9441 /** 9442 * Returns a shallow copy of the collection 9443 * 9444 * @return Ds\Collection Returns a shallow copy of the collection. 9445 **/ 9446 public function copy(); 9447 9448 /** 9449 * Returns whether the collection is empty 9450 * 9451 * @return bool Returns TRUE if the collection is empty, FALSE 9452 * otherwise. 9453 **/ 9454 public function isEmpty(); 9455 9456 /** 9457 * Converts the collection to an 9458 * 9459 * Converts the collection to an . 9460 * 9461 * @return array An containing all the values in the same order as the 9462 * collection. 9463 **/ 9464 public function toArray(); 9465 9466 } 9467 } 9468 namespace Ds { 9469 class Deque implements Ds\Sequence { 9470 /** 9471 * Allocates enough memory for a required capacity 9472 * 9473 * Ensures that enough memory is allocated for a required capacity. This 9474 * removes the need to reallocate the internal as values are added. 9475 * 9476 * @param int $capacity The number of values for which capacity should 9477 * be allocated. 9478 * @return void 9479 **/ 9480 public function allocate($capacity){} 9481 9482 /** 9483 * Updates all values by applying a callback function to each value 9484 * 9485 * Updates all values by applying a {@link callback} function to each 9486 * value in the deque. 9487 * 9488 * @param callable $callback mixed callback mixed{@link value} A 9489 * callable to apply to each value in the deque. The callback should 9490 * return what the value should be replaced by. 9491 * @return void 9492 **/ 9493 public function apply($callback){} 9494 9495 /** 9496 * Returns the current capacity 9497 * 9498 * @return int The current capacity. 9499 **/ 9500 public function capacity(){} 9501 9502 /** 9503 * Removes all values from the deque 9504 * 9505 * @return void 9506 **/ 9507 public function clear(){} 9508 9509 /** 9510 * Determines if the deque contains given values 9511 * 9512 * Determines if the deque contains all values. 9513 * 9514 * @param mixed ...$values Values to check. 9515 * @return bool FALSE if any of the provided {@link values} are not in 9516 * the deque, TRUE otherwise. 9517 **/ 9518 public function contains(...$values){} 9519 9520 /** 9521 * Returns a shallow copy of the deque 9522 * 9523 * @return Ds\Deque A shallow copy of the deque. 9524 **/ 9525 public function copy(){} 9526 9527 /** 9528 * Creates a new deque using a to determine which values to include 9529 * 9530 * Creates a new deque using a callable to determine which values to 9531 * include. 9532 * 9533 * @param callable $callback bool callback mixed{@link value} Optional 9534 * callable which returns TRUE if the value should be included, FALSE 9535 * otherwise. If a callback is not provided, only values which are TRUE 9536 * (see converting to boolean) will be included. 9537 * @return Ds\Deque A new deque containing all the values for which 9538 * either the {@link callback} returned TRUE, or all values that 9539 * convert to TRUE if a {@link callback} was not provided. 9540 **/ 9541 public function filter($callback){} 9542 9543 /** 9544 * Attempts to find a value's index 9545 * 9546 * Returns the index of the {@link value}, or FALSE if not found. 9547 * 9548 * @param mixed $value The value to find. 9549 * @return mixed The index of the value, or FALSE if not found. 9550 **/ 9551 public function find($value){} 9552 9553 /** 9554 * Returns the first value in the deque 9555 * 9556 * @return mixed The first value in the deque. 9557 **/ 9558 public function first(){} 9559 9560 /** 9561 * Returns the value at a given index 9562 * 9563 * @param int $index The index to access, starting at 0. 9564 * @return mixed The value at the requested index. 9565 **/ 9566 public function get($index){} 9567 9568 /** 9569 * Inserts values at a given index 9570 * 9571 * Inserts values into the deque at a given index. 9572 * 9573 * @param int $index The index at which to insert. 0 <= index <= count 9574 * @param mixed ...$values The value or values to insert. 9575 * @return void 9576 **/ 9577 public function insert($index, ...$values){} 9578 9579 /** 9580 * Returns whether the deque is empty 9581 * 9582 * @return bool Returns TRUE if the deque is empty, FALSE otherwise. 9583 **/ 9584 public function isEmpty(){} 9585 9586 /** 9587 * Joins all values together as a string 9588 * 9589 * Joins all values together as a string using an optional separator 9590 * between each value. 9591 * 9592 * @param string $glue An optional string to separate each value. 9593 * @return string All values of the deque joined together as a string. 9594 **/ 9595 public function join($glue){} 9596 9597 /** 9598 * Returns the last value 9599 * 9600 * Returns the last value in the deque. 9601 * 9602 * @return mixed The last value in the deque. 9603 **/ 9604 public function last(){} 9605 9606 /** 9607 * Returns the result of applying a callback to each value 9608 * 9609 * Returns the result of applying a {@link callback} function to each 9610 * value in the deque. 9611 * 9612 * @param callable $callback mixed callback mixed{@link value} A 9613 * callable to apply to each value in the deque. The callable should 9614 * return what the new value will be in the new deque. 9615 * @return Ds\Deque The result of applying a {@link callback} to each 9616 * value in the deque. 9617 **/ 9618 public function map($callback){} 9619 9620 /** 9621 * Returns the result of adding all given values to the deque 9622 * 9623 * @param mixed $values A traversable object or an . 9624 * @return Ds\Deque The result of adding all given values to the deque, 9625 * effectively the same as adding the values to a copy, then returning 9626 * that copy. 9627 **/ 9628 public function merge($values){} 9629 9630 /** 9631 * Removes and returns the last value 9632 * 9633 * @return mixed The removed last value. 9634 **/ 9635 public function pop(){} 9636 9637 /** 9638 * Adds values to the end of the deque 9639 * 9640 * @param mixed ...$values The values to add. 9641 * @return void 9642 **/ 9643 public function push(...$values){} 9644 9645 /** 9646 * Reduces the deque to a single value using a callback function 9647 * 9648 * @param callable $callback 9649 * @param mixed $initial The return value of the previous callback, or 9650 * {@link initial} if it's the first iteration. 9651 * @return mixed The return value of the final callback. 9652 **/ 9653 public function reduce($callback, $initial){} 9654 9655 /** 9656 * Removes and returns a value by index 9657 * 9658 * @param int $index The index of the value to remove. 9659 * @return mixed The value that was removed. 9660 **/ 9661 public function remove($index){} 9662 9663 /** 9664 * Reverses the deque in-place 9665 * 9666 * Reverses the deque in-place. 9667 * 9668 * @return void 9669 **/ 9670 public function reverse(){} 9671 9672 /** 9673 * Returns a reversed copy 9674 * 9675 * Returns a reversed copy of the deque. 9676 * 9677 * @return Ds\Deque A reversed copy of the deque. 9678 * 9679 * The current instance is not affected. 9680 **/ 9681 public function reversed(){} 9682 9683 /** 9684 * Rotates the deque by a given number of rotations 9685 * 9686 * Rotates the deque by a given number of rotations, which is equivalent 9687 * to successively calling $deque->push($deque->shift()) if the number of 9688 * rotations is positive, or $deque->unshift($deque->pop()) if negative. 9689 * 9690 * @param int $rotations The number of times the deque should be 9691 * rotated. 9692 * @return void . The deque of the current instance will be rotated. 9693 **/ 9694 public function rotate($rotations){} 9695 9696 /** 9697 * Updates a value at a given index 9698 * 9699 * @param int $index The index of the value to update. 9700 * @param mixed $value The new value. 9701 * @return void 9702 **/ 9703 public function set($index, $value){} 9704 9705 /** 9706 * Removes and returns the first value 9707 * 9708 * @return mixed The first value, which was removed. 9709 **/ 9710 public function shift(){} 9711 9712 /** 9713 * Returns a sub-deque of a given range 9714 * 9715 * Creates a sub-deque of a given range. 9716 * 9717 * @param int $index The index at which the sub-deque starts. If 9718 * positive, the deque will start at that index in the deque. If 9719 * negative, the deque will start that far from the end. 9720 * @param int $length If a length is given and is positive, the 9721 * resulting deque will have up to that many values in it. 9722 * 9723 * If the length results in an overflow, only values up to the end of 9724 * the deque will be included. 9725 * 9726 * If a length is given and is negative, the deque will stop that many 9727 * values from the end. 9728 * 9729 * If a length is not provided, the resulting deque will contain all 9730 * values between the index and the end of the deque. 9731 * @return Ds\Deque A sub-deque of the given range. 9732 **/ 9733 public function slice($index, $length){} 9734 9735 /** 9736 * Sorts the deque in-place 9737 * 9738 * Sorts the deque in-place, using an optional {@link comparator} 9739 * function. 9740 * 9741 * @param callable $comparator 9742 * @return void 9743 **/ 9744 public function sort($comparator){} 9745 9746 /** 9747 * Returns a sorted copy 9748 * 9749 * Returns a sorted copy, using an optional {@link comparator} function. 9750 * 9751 * @param callable $comparator 9752 * @return Ds\Deque Returns a sorted copy of the deque. 9753 **/ 9754 public function sorted($comparator){} 9755 9756 /** 9757 * Returns the sum of all values in the deque 9758 * 9759 * @return number The sum of all the values in the deque as either a 9760 * float or int depending on the values in the deque. 9761 **/ 9762 public function sum(){} 9763 9764 /** 9765 * Converts the deque to an 9766 * 9767 * Converts the deque to an . 9768 * 9769 * @return array An containing all the values in the same order as the 9770 * deque. 9771 **/ 9772 public function toArray(){} 9773 9774 /** 9775 * Adds values to the front of the deque 9776 * 9777 * Adds values to the front of the deque, moving all the current values 9778 * forward to make room for the new values. 9779 * 9780 * @param mixed $values The values to add to the front of the deque. 9781 * Multiple values will be added in the same order that they are 9782 * passed. 9783 * @return void 9784 **/ 9785 public function unshift($values){} 9786 9787 } 9788 } 9789 namespace Ds { 9790 interface Hashable { 9791 /** 9792 * Determines whether an object is equal to the current instance 9793 * 9794 * Determines whether another object is equal to the current instance. 9795 * 9796 * This method allows objects to be used as keys in structures such as 9797 * Ds\Map and Ds\Set, or any other lookup structure that honors this 9798 * interface. 9799 * 9800 * @param object $obj The object to compare the current instance to, 9801 * which is always an instance of the same class. 9802 * @return bool TRUE if equal, FALSE otherwise. 9803 **/ 9804 public function equals($obj); 9805 9806 /** 9807 * Returns a scalar value to be used as a hash value 9808 * 9809 * Returns a scalar value to be used as the hash value of the objects. 9810 * 9811 * While the hash value does not define equality, all objects that are 9812 * equal according to {@link Ds\Hashable::equals} must have the same hash 9813 * value. Hash values of equal objects don't have to be unique, for 9814 * example you could just return TRUE for all objects and nothing would 9815 * break - the only implication would be that hash tables then turn into 9816 * linked lists because all your objects will be hashed to the same 9817 * bucket. It's therefore very important that you pick a good hash value, 9818 * such as an ID or email address. 9819 * 9820 * This method allows objects to be used as keys in structures such as 9821 * Ds\Map and Ds\Set, or any other lookup structure that honors this 9822 * interface. 9823 * 9824 * @return mixed A scalar value to be used as this object's hash value. 9825 **/ 9826 public function hash(); 9827 9828 } 9829 } 9830 namespace Ds { 9831 class Map implements Ds\Collection { 9832 /** 9833 * Allocates enough memory for a required capacity 9834 * 9835 * @param int $capacity The number of values for which capacity should 9836 * be allocated. 9837 * @return void 9838 **/ 9839 public function allocate($capacity){} 9840 9841 /** 9842 * Updates all values by applying a callback function to each value 9843 * 9844 * Updates all values by applying a {@link callback} function to each 9845 * value in the map. 9846 * 9847 * @param callable $callback mixed callback mixed{@link key} 9848 * mixed{@link value} A callable to apply to each value in the map. The 9849 * callback should return what the value should be replaced by. 9850 * @return void 9851 **/ 9852 public function apply($callback){} 9853 9854 /** 9855 * Returns the current capacity 9856 * 9857 * @return int The current capacity. 9858 **/ 9859 public function capacity(){} 9860 9861 /** 9862 * Removes all values 9863 * 9864 * Removes all values from the map. 9865 * 9866 * @return void 9867 **/ 9868 public function clear(){} 9869 9870 /** 9871 * Returns a shallow copy of the map 9872 * 9873 * @return Ds\Map Returns a shallow copy of the map. 9874 **/ 9875 public function copy(){} 9876 9877 /** 9878 * Creates a new map using keys that aren't in another map 9879 * 9880 * Returns the result of removing all keys from the current instance that 9881 * are present in a given {@link map}. 9882 * 9883 * A \ B = {x ∈ A | x ∉ B} 9884 * 9885 * @param Ds\Map $map The map containing the keys to exclude in the 9886 * resulting map. 9887 * @return Ds\Map The result of removing all keys from the current 9888 * instance that are present in a given {@link map}. 9889 **/ 9890 public function diff($map){} 9891 9892 /** 9893 * Creates a new map using a to determine which pairs to include 9894 * 9895 * Creates a new map using a callable to determine which pairs to 9896 * include. 9897 * 9898 * @param callable $callback bool callback mixed{@link key} mixed{@link 9899 * value} Optional callable which returns TRUE if the pair should be 9900 * included, FALSE otherwise. If a callback is not provided, only 9901 * values which are TRUE (see converting to boolean) will be included. 9902 * @return Ds\Map A new map containing all the pairs for which either 9903 * the {@link callback} returned TRUE, or all values that convert to 9904 * TRUE if a {@link callback} was not provided. 9905 **/ 9906 public function filter($callback){} 9907 9908 /** 9909 * Returns the first pair in the map 9910 * 9911 * @return Ds\Pair The first pair in the map. 9912 **/ 9913 public function first(){} 9914 9915 /** 9916 * Returns the value for a given key 9917 * 9918 * Returns the value for a given key, or an optional default value if the 9919 * key could not be found. 9920 * 9921 * @param mixed $key The key to look up. 9922 * @param mixed $default The optional default value, returned if the 9923 * key could not be found. 9924 * @return mixed The value mapped to the given {@link key}, or the 9925 * {@link default} value if provided a